<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jlowe</id>
	<title>doityourselfchristmas.com - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jlowe"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Jlowe"/>
	<updated>2026-05-20T10:43:33Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Pixel_Connectors&amp;diff=11343</id>
		<title>Pixel Connectors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Pixel_Connectors&amp;diff=11343"/>
		<updated>2014-01-04T07:11:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* HolidayCoro */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Waterproofconnectors.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Intro==&lt;br /&gt;
Generally pixels come from vendors without connectors attached or they have proprietary non waterproof connectors connected to them.  Most people utilize some form of water resistant connectors attached to their pixels and the mating connector to their pixel controllers.  It is common to install the female connector (socket end) to the power source (controller) and the male connector( plug end) to the pixel string.  Some people also use [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Silicone_grease#As_a_sealant_around_electrical_contacts dielectric grease] or protective spray like [http://www.corrosionx.com/corrosionx-products.html CorrosionX] to further prevent corrsion and oxidation of the electrical contacts due to moisture.  The number of conductors required for each pixel type depends on the [[Different_Styles_of_Pixels#Pixel_.28IC.29Control_chips_and_number_of_wires|number of wires]] that pixel requires.  Some pixels only need 3 wires, &#039;&#039;&#039;Ground, V+ and Data&#039;&#039;&#039; while some require a fourth &#039;&#039;&#039;Clock&#039;&#039;&#039; wire.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Connectors from different vendors generally do not fit together due to different manufacturers sizes and keying.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background:black; color:white&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Pixel Connector Properties&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;200&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Euro, Cap, Pigtail, Tee, Extension, Anderson Powerpole&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Color&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| White, Black, Clear&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Conductors &#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 2,3,4,5 wires or pins&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Length&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Varies per vendor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Diameter&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 13.5mm, 15mm, other&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Wire Size&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| typically 18-22ga&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Disclaimers==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard disclaimers pertaining to the information contained on this wiki page are listed [[Disclaimers | here.]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Pixel Connectors==&lt;br /&gt;
===Euro Connector===&lt;br /&gt;
These connectors are typically found on pixel controllers like the [http://sandevices.com/E681info.html Sandevices E682] of the [[Renard_PX1_Pixel_Controller|Renard PX1]]. They are polarized and the plug only fits in the socket one way.&lt;br /&gt;
====Euro Female socket====&lt;br /&gt;
The female socket is typically soldered to the controller PCB.  They can be purchased from various vendors like [http://www.mouser.com/search/ProductDetail.aspx?qs=5gX812lLwiH4qJ6NIKLTYw== Mouser]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PX1-EURO.jpg | 100px]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Because the plug and socket are polarized it is critical that you connect the wires correctly to the controller and the pixels.  The wire order for the typical E682 pixel controller is:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background:black; color:white&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;E682 Pixel Output Pin Assignments&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Pin #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| Signal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| GND (V-)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Clock (C)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Data (D) &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| V+&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Euro Male Plug==== &lt;br /&gt;
The male plug is generally attached directly to the pixels or may be connected to a pigtail.  They can also be purchased from Mouser in two versions:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Euro1.gif | 150px]]one with an [http://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/Molex/39500-0004/?qs=DQ1bOpn7xPDnJJ6BeMMpqw== inline wire entry] like used on the [http://sandevices.com/E681info.html Sandevices E682] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Euro2.gif | 150px]]and one with a [http://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/Molex/39503-2004/?qs=PQuVvXbTLK4XJf56u7bA6w== rear wire entry] as used on the [[Renard_PX1_Pixel_Controller|Renard PX1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pigtails===&lt;br /&gt;
These are typically connected to the end of the pixel strings and to controllers to allow an easy way to quickly connect and disconnect the pixels using a &amp;quot;waterproof&amp;quot; connector.  They are generally sold as a pair of male and female ends.  Pigtails are polarized so that they only fit together one way.  They can have either a notch and tab or a flat spot on the male end that must interlock with the corresponding feature on the female end.  The wires on pigtails are color coded, but may vary from batch from the same vendor.  It is wise to confirm which pin on your pigtails are connected to which color wire before you solder them and test fit to make sure they properly function.  The wire color code for the pixels also can vary from batch to batch.  [[Pixel_Wiring_Colors| Here]] is an example of some pixel wire color codes.  Check with your vendor to make sure you have the right color code and the correct input side for your specific pixels.&lt;br /&gt;
====Male Pigtail====&lt;br /&gt;
Male Pigtails are generally connected to the input end of a pixel string. Male pigtails often have a separate o-ring that must be slid on to the body into the notch.  There is also a locking nut that slides down over the back of the male pigtail and is used to tighten the male plug into the female socket. &lt;br /&gt;
====Female Pigtail====&lt;br /&gt;
Female pigtails are generally connected to the device supplying the power.  It is common to use a female pigtail connected to a Male Euro connector to a E682 style pixel controller.  The Euro connector connects to the pixel controller and the female pigtail extends the cord outside of the enclosure that the controller is mounted in.  It is also common to connect a female pigtail to the end of a pixel string to connect to the next pixel string in series.While there is no official standard color code for the pigtails, Sandevices and Ray Wu are using this for their connectorized pixels:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background:black; color:white&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Pixel System 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Female Pigtail&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Wire Color&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;100&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Signal&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Black&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Ground&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Blue&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Green&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Data&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Red&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| V+&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tee===&lt;br /&gt;
Often used for power injection. Depending on the vendor, they may have all wires connected thru to all three jacks, or some may have only some wires connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extension cable===&lt;br /&gt;
These typically have a male connector on one end and a female connector on the other end to allow an easy plug and play connection of pixels to a controller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Caps===&lt;br /&gt;
These typically go on unused female pigtail ends to seal them from the weather.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anderson Powerpole High Current Connectors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.powerwerx.com/anderson-powerpoles/powerpole-sets/ Anderson Powerpole] connectors are frequently used in situations where you need a modular connector that can handle a large current (&amp;gt;5A) through the connector.  For more information see the [http://www.andersonpower.com/files.php?file=DS-PP1545(2).pdf Datasheet]. They are useful for connecting High Current Power Supplies with High Channel Count Pixel Controllers.   They come in different sizes:&lt;br /&gt;
* PP15 - Up to 15A current and 16-20 AWG wire size&lt;br /&gt;
* PP30 - Up to 30A current and 12-14 AWG wire size&lt;br /&gt;
* PP45 - Up to 45A current and 10 AWG wire size&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wire Sizing==&lt;br /&gt;
It is desirable to use the largest wire diameter (smaller wire gauge) that you can when connecting your pixels to your controller.  The smaller wire gauge results in a high voltage drop and can cause your pixels to have poor colors or to not function at all. For more information about how to choose the right wire size look [[Power_Supplies#Wire_Sizing_in_Pixel_Systems|here]].  This is also a good [http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/showthread.php?20242-New-tools-for-estimating-pixels-string-voltage-drops thread] that discusses voltage drop.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a [http://blinkyflashy.info/calcs/pixpower.php Voltage Drop Calculator] useful for calculating the effects of different wire sizes and lengths on pixel strings.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background:black; color:white&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Wire Sizing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Wire Gauge (AWG) #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;100&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| Cross section Area (mm2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;14&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 2.08&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;16&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 1.31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;18&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.823&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.518&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;22&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.328&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples of Connectors available from different vendors==&lt;br /&gt;
These are selected connectors from the various vendors with a mix of properties.  Visit their sites for the latest information and to see their entire product catalog.  Many of the vendors can provide custom length wires and custom quantity pricing on the pigtails and extension cables.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE CONFIRM ALL DETAILS WITH VENDOR BEFORE ORDERING!! ALL OF THIS DATA IS SUBJECT TO CONSTANT CHANGE AND MAY BE WRONG!!!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pricing is in US $.  Pricing is as of 6-24-13.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PRICING DOES NOT INCLUDE SHIPPING, TAXES OR IMPORT DUTIES!&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Shipping from overseas can be expensive, check with your vendor.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
===[http://www.diyledexpress.com DIYLEDEXPRESS]===&lt;br /&gt;
(USA Based run by DIYC user [http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/member.php?2860-tjetzer tjetzer])&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Type !! Color !! Conductors !! Length!! Diameter!!  Link !! Image !! Quantity !!Price !! Price per Connector !! Note&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 Conductor || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White || 2 || 10&amp;quot; ||  || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=37_40&amp;amp;products_id=112 link]|| || 10||$11.85 || $1.190 || 18 ga wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 Conductor || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || Green || 3 || 10&amp;quot;  ||  || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=37_39&amp;amp;products_id=210 link]|| || 10||$12.50 || $1.25 || 18 ga wire, fits [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=42_45&amp;amp;products_id=195 Pixabulbs]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || Green || 3 || 5feet ||  || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=37_39&amp;amp;products_id=200 link]|| || 1 ||$2.25 || $2.25 || fits [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=42_45&amp;amp;products_id=195 Pixabulbs]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || Green || 3 || 10feet ||  || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=37_39&amp;amp;products_id=199 link]|| || 1 ||$3.50 || $3.50 || fits [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=42_45&amp;amp;products_id=195 Pixabulbs]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tee || Green || 3 ||  ||  || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=37_39&amp;amp;products_id=207 link]|| || 1 ||$3.79 || $3.79 || fits [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=42_45&amp;amp;products_id=195 Pixabulbs]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 Conductor || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White || 4 || 10&amp;quot; ||  || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=37_38&amp;amp;products_id=88 link]|| || 10||$12.00 || $1.20 ||  18ga wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 4 || 5feet ||  || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=37_38&amp;amp;products_id=131 link]|| || 1 ||$2.25 || $2.25 ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 4 || 10feet ||  || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=37_38&amp;amp;products_id=132 link]|| || 1 ||$3.75 || $3.75 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tee || Green || 4 ||  ||  || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=37_38&amp;amp;products_id=208 link]|| || 1 ||$4.50 || $4.50 || fits Pixadot strings&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[http://www.holidaycoro.com HolidayCoro] ===&lt;br /&gt;
(USA Based run by DIYC user [http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/member.php?3828-dmoore dmoore])&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Type !! Color !! Conductors !! Length!! Diameter!!  Link !! Image !! Quantity !!Price !! Price per Connector !! Note&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 Conductor || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White || 4 || 15&amp;quot;  || 13.5mm || [http://www.holidaycoro.com/Four-Conductor-Screw-Type-Waterproof-15inch-p/631.htm link]|| || 1||$2.19 || $2.19 ||  20ga wire&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White || 4 || 34&amp;quot;  || 13.5mm || [http://www.holidaycoro.com/Four-Conductor-Screw-Type-Waterproof-34inch-p/630.htm link]|| || 1||$2.49 || $2.49 ||  20ga wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 4 || 9&#039;10&amp;quot; || 13.5mm || [http://www.holidaycoro.com/Four-Conductor-Screw-Type-9-8ft-Extension-Cable-p/643.htm link]|| || 1 ||$4.09 || $4.09 || 20ga wire  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tee || White || 4 ||  || 13.5mm || [http://www.holidaycoro.com/Four-Conductor-Screw-Type-Waterproof-Splitter-Tap-p/632.htm link]|| || 1 ||$3.99 || $3.99 || 20ga wire&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[http://www.aliexpress.com/store/701799 Ray Wu]===&lt;br /&gt;
(China Based)  Contact Ray Wu directly for lower shipping costs if you are ordering multiple items.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Type !! Color !! Conductors !! Length!! Diameter!!  Link !! Image !! Quantity !!Price !! Price per Connector !! Note&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Cap || White ||  ||  || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/plastic-end-cap-for-the-13-5mm-white-waterproof-pigtail/701799_813548245.html link]|| || 10 ||$0.50 || $0.05 || End cap to go on unused male plugs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cap || Black ||  ||  || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/plastic-end-cap-for-the-13-5mm-BLACK-waterproof-pigtail/701799_1019809775.html link]|| || 10 ||$0.50 || $0.05 || End cap to go on unused male plugs&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Cap || Black ||  ||  || 15mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/plastic-end-cap-for-the-15mm-BLACK-waterproof-pigtail-without-hole/701799_1075559581.html link]|| || 10 ||$0.25 || $0.03 || End cap to go on unused male plugs&lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 Conductor || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White || 2 || 20cm || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/10-pairs-2-Core-White-Waterproof-pigtail-20cm-long-each-male-and-female-13-5mm-diameter/701799_630889330.html link]|| || 10||$3.00 || $0.30 || 2x0.5mm²wire&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || Black || 2 || 15cm || || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/black-2-Core-Waterproof-Line-15cm-long-each-male-and-fema/701799_502783552.html link]|| || 50||$23.16 || $0.46 || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || Clear || 2 || 10cm ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/waterproof-DC-connecot-5-5-2-1mm-male-frmale-used-for-single-color-led-strip-etc/701799_365018805.html link]|| || 100 ||$57.89 || $0.58 || Coaxial 5.5/2.1mm  22gauge wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 2 || 1.5m(5feet) ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/1-5m-5feet-2-core-waterproof-extension-cable-one-end-with-male-the-other-end-with/701799_813675847.html link]|| || 10 ||$10.00 || $1.00 || 2x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 2 || 3m(10feet) ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3m-10feet-2-core-waterproof-extension-cable-one-end-with-male-the-other-end-with-female/701799_813695813.html link]|| || 10 ||$16.00 || $1.60 || 2x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tee || White || 2 || 40cm || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/2core-T-type-waterproof-splitter-white-color-the-male-connect-s-diameter-13-5mm/701799_645464979.html link]|| || 10 ||$17.00 || $1.70 || 2x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Tee || Black|| 2 || 40cm || 15mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/2core-waterproof-T-type-splitter-black-color-the-male-connect-s-diameter-15mm/701799_645466755.html link]|| || 1 ||$2.20 || $2.20 || 2x0.75mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 Conductor || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White || 3 || 20cm || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/10pcs-lot3-Core-White-Waterproof-pigtail-20cm-long-each-male-and-female-male-connector-s-diameter/701799_645466813.html link]|| || 10||$5.00 || $0.50 || 3x0.5mm²wire&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || Black || 3 || 20cm || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/10pcs-lot-3-Core-BLACK-Waterproof-pigtail-20cm-long-each-male-and-female-male-connector-s/701799_1019853359.html link]|| || 10||$5.00 || $0.50 || 3x0.75mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White || 3 || 30cm || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/20cm-long-each-3-Core-White-Waterproof-pigtail-male-and-female-male-connector-s-diameter-13/701799_813582127.html link]|| || 10 ||$6.00 || $0.60 || 3x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || Black || 3 || 20cm || 15mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3core-waterproof-connector-with-20cm-long-cable-male-and-female-black-color-the-male-connect-s/701799_601833823.html link]|| || 10||$5.00 || $0.50 || 3x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 3 || 1.5m(5feet) ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/1-5m-5feet-3-core-waterproof-extension-cable-one-end-with-male-the-other-end-with/701799_904130035.html link]|| || 10 ||$12.00 || $1.20 || 3x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 3 || 3m(10feet) ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3m-10feet-3-core-waterproof-extension-cable-one-end-with-male-the-other-end-with-female/701799_654715821.html link]|| || 10 ||$18.00 || $1.60 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 3 || 7.6m(25feet) ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/7-6-25feet-3-core-waterproof-extension-cable-one-end-with-male-the-other-end-with/701799_654706011.html link]|| || 10 ||$37.00 || $3.70 || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || Black || 3 || 1.5m(5feet) || 15mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3-core-1-5m-long-waterproof-extention-cable-male-and-female-black-color-the-male-connect/701799_887114280.html link]|| || 10 ||$12.00 || $1.20 || 3x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || Black || 3 || 3m(10feet) || 15mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3-core-3-0m-long-waterproof-extention-cable-male-and-female-black-color-the-male-connect/701799_887141200.html link]|| || 10 ||$22.00 || $2.20 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tee || Black|| 3 || 40cm || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3-core-T-type-waterproof-splitter-BLACK-color-the-male-connect-s-diameter-13-5mm/701799_1019809897.html link]|| || 10 ||$19.00 || $1.90 || 3x0.75mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tee || White|| 3 || 40cm || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3core-T-type-waterproof-splitter-white-color-the-male-connect-s-diameter-13-5mm/701799_601823340.html link]|| || 10 ||$18.00 || $1.80 || 3x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 Conductor || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White || 4 || 30cm ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/10pairs-4-Core-White-Waterproof-Line-30cm-1feet-long-each-male-and-female/701799_566064714.html link]|| || 10||$8.00 || $0.80 || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || Black || 4 || 20cm || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/10pcs-lot-4-Core-BLACK-Waterproof-pigtail-20cm-long-each-male-and-female-male-connector-s/701799_1019853477.html link]|| || 10||$7.00 || $0.70 || 4x0.75mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White || 4 || 150cm(5ft) || || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/10pairs-4-Core-White-Waterproof-Line-150cm-5feet-long-each-male-and-female/701799_566069472.html link]|| || 10 ||$19.00 || $1.90 || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || Black || 4 || 20cm || 15mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/4core-waterproof-connector-with-20cm-long-cable-male-and-female-black-color-the-male-connect-s/701799_601827982.html link]|| || 10||$7.00 || $0.70 || 4x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 4 || 1.5m(5feet) ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/1-5m-5-feet-long-4core-WHITE-extention-cable-one-end-with-male-the-other-end/701799_541166711.html link]|| || 10 ||$12.00 || $1.20 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 4 || 3m(10feet) ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3m-10feet-4-core-waterproof-extension-cable-one-end-with-male-the-other-end-with-female/701799_541169977.html link]|| || 10 ||$19.00 || $1.90 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White || 4 || 7.6m(25feet) ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/7-6-25feet-4-core-waterproof-extension-cable-one-end-with-male-the-other-end-with/701799_541171573.html link]|| || 10 ||$39.00 || $3.90 || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || Black || 4 || 2.5m || 15mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/4-core-2-5m-long-waterproof-extention-cable-male-and-female-black-color-the-male-connect/701799_630928471.html link]|| || 10 ||$22.00 || $2.20 || 4x0.75mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || Black || 4 || 7.6m(25feet) || 15mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/7-6-25feet-long-4core-BLACK-extention-cable-one-end-with-male-the-other-end-with/701799_804982353.html link]|| || 10 ||$44.00 || $4.40 || 4x0.75mm² wire &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tee || Black|| 4 || 40cm || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/4core-T-type-waterproof-splitter-BLACK-color-the-male-connect-s-diameter-13-5mm/701799_1019894358.html link]|| || 10 ||$22.00 || $2.20 || 4x0.75mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tee || White|| 4 || 40cm || 13.5mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/4core-T-type-waterproof-splitter-white-color-the-male-connect-s-diameter-13-5mm/701799_601828101.html link]|| || 10 ||$22.00 || $2.20 || 4x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tee || Black|| 4 || 40cm || 15mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/4core-waterproof-T-type-splitter-black-color-the-male-connect-s-diameter-15mm/701799_601823101.html link]|| || 10 ||$24.00 || $2.40 || 4x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 Conductor || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White || 5 || 15cm ||  || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/100-pairs-5-Core-White-Waterproof-Line-15cm-long-each-male-and-female/701799_400098876.html link]|| || 100||$96.84 || $0.97 || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || Black || 5 || 20cm || 15mm || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/5core-waterproof-connector-with-20cm-long-cable-male-and-female-black-color-the-male-connect-s/701799_645458609.html link]|| || 10||$8.50 || $0.85 || 4x0.5mm² wire&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[http://www.seasonalentertainmentllc.com/ Seasonal Entertainment]===&lt;br /&gt;
(USA Based run by DIYC user [http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/member.php?1573-Ponddude Ponddude])&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Type !! Color !! Conductors !! Length!! Diameter!!  Link !! Image !! Quantity !!Price !! Price per Connector !! Note&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 Conductor || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pigtail || White/Black || 4 || 6.5&amp;quot;  ||  || [http://www.seasonalentertainmentllc.com/store/en/waterproof-cabling/45-waterproof-pigtail-set.html link]|| || 1||$4.00 || $4.00 ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White/Black || 4 || 1m ||  || [http://www.seasonalentertainmentllc.com/store/en/waterproof-cabling/42-1-meter-waterproof-extension-cable.html link]|| || 1 ||$7.15 || $7.15 ||   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extension || White/Black || 4 || 3m ||  || [http://www.seasonalentertainmentllc.com/store/en/17-waterproof-cabling link]|| || 1 ||$10.30 || $10.30 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Links==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Different Styles of Pixels]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Controllers]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Dumb RGB or Intelligent Pixels??]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Things You Will Need To Get Started With Pixels]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Power Supplies]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Choosing a Pixel Voltage: 5V vs 12V]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Power Injection]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waterproofing Pixels]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Null Pixels]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[E1.31_(Streaming-ACN)_Protocol|E1.31 Network Setup and Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:RGB]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Power_Supplies&amp;diff=11328</id>
		<title>Power Supplies</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Power_Supplies&amp;diff=11328"/>
		<updated>2013-12-12T19:25:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: Corrected the sub-heading of waterproof power supplies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Intro==&lt;br /&gt;
When you&#039;re working with Pixels, Dumb RGB or any type of LEDs, they need to be run on DC voltage.  To do that you will need to run some sort of power supply.  There are many types you can use.  A power supply converts high voltage AC power from your wall outlet (commonly 115VAC in North America) to a lower voltage DC current to drive your pixels.  There are four main properties to a power supply:&lt;br /&gt;
* Waterproofing&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Power_Supplies#Waterproof_Power_Supplies|Waterproof Supplies]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Power_Supplies#Non_Waterproof_Power_Supplies|Non waterproof Supplies]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Input Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
** 120 VAC (nominal)&lt;br /&gt;
** 240VAC (nominal)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Multivoltage&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Power_Supplies#Power_Supply_Voltages|Output Voltage]] (common voltages used by pixels include)&lt;br /&gt;
** 5VDC&lt;br /&gt;
** 12VDC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Power_Supplies#Power_Supply_Current|Output Current]]&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be any number, based on your usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since power supplies can put out a lot of power it is important to use a [[Power_Supplies#Fuses|fuse]] on the output of the power supply.  It is also critical to use the [[Power_Supplies#Wire_Sizing_in_Pixel_Systems|proper sized wire]] along with the power supply.  The wrong size wire could be a safety hazard or could cause your pixels to not function properly due to excessive voltage drop in the wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Disclaimers==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard disclaimers pertaining to the information contained on this wiki page are listed [[Disclaimers | here.]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;THIS WIKI PAGE IS NOT COMPLETE YET AND HAS NOT BEEN CHECKED FOR ERRORS.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Power Supply Voltages==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;You must buy a power supply with the correct voltage to match your pixels and controller.  Using the wrong voltage can destroy your pixels and controller by hooking them up even once to the wrong voltage!!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you decide on which of the [[Different Styles of Pixels]]  you want to use, you also need to [[Choosing a Pixel Voltage: 5V vs 12V|Choose a Pixel Voltage: 5V vs 12V]].  The choice comes down to the actual setup you are planning and their are advantages and disadvantages to each.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 5v the voltage drop due to the wiring will be noticeable if you&#039;re trying to push the voltage for a long run.  Most likely you will need to inject the power again or feed from the center of the pixel string.  For every 50 pixels, you should re-inject the power.  So a good example, if you have a 100ct pixels string you can connect the signal wires end to end, but you will either have to put the power at the center of the string to feed each side.  or you will have to put a power source on either end.  A 50ct pixel string will pull around 3amp (50x.06=3amp).  So really finding smaller power supplies is a good thing to have if you have your pixels spread around the yard.  If you have like a pixel megatree then you can do a large power supply to feed the whole tree.  So bigger is not always better esp if your not power a lot of pixels close by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12 volt is a bit different.  You can push 12v further than 5v.  So that does have its advantages and disadvantages.  Most pixels strings are now available in 5VDC and 12VDC.  12VDC power supplies are typically more expensive per amp of current. Also many 12vdc strings waste a lot of power as heat and not light, so they are not as efficient as 5VDC strings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a low cost voltmeter in your enclosure to monitor the voltage output from your power supply.  They are available [http://www.aliexpress.com/item/5pcs-lot-Brand-New-DC-3-2V-30V-Red-Optional-Digital-Voltage-Panel-Meter-Voltmeter/550450105.html here] and [http://www.aliexpress.com/item/Free-Shipping-LED-DC2-5-30V-Red-Volt-Voltage-Meter-Display-Digital-Voltmeter-Self-Powered/737176945.html here] or [http://dx.com/p/mini-3-digit-display-digital-voltmeter-module-3-2-30v-142560 here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Power Supply Current==&lt;br /&gt;
You need to choose your power supply based on the voltage required by your pixels and the current that is consumed by the pixels. You can always chose a power supply with a higher current rating then your planned usage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current rating of a power supply is a measure of how much current is available at the output voltage of the power supply.  For example: &lt;br /&gt;
*A 300W Power supply that is designed for 5VDC output can supply up to 60A of current at 5VDC.  The input voltage for many of these supplies is commonly 115VAC and would draw about 2.6A of current from the wall outlet.  You do not have to use all 60A of DC power, you can use less.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common practice is to only use a power supply at 80% of its rated capacity.  For example:  &lt;br /&gt;
*If a power supply is rated for up to 60A, you do not want to put more than a (60*0.8)= 48A worth of load on that power supply.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since typical LEDs draw 20ma (0.02A) each, and a Pixel or Dumb RGB has three LEDs inside (R,G,B), then a general rule of thumb is that each pixel will draw 60ma (0.06A) of current. To calculate the total current you will need, you must count the number of pixels you plan to power from that power supply.  For example: &lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using 50 pixels, you will need (50*0.06A)= 3A of current.  &lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using 800 pixels, you will need (800*0.06A)= 48A of current!! (and some big wire too)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some 12VDC pixels draw less current, check with you vendor to confirm their current draw.  Voltage, Current and Power are  electrical properties of electronic circuits that are related to each other by [[Ohm%27s_Law|Ohm&#039;s Law]].  Power = Voltage * Current&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Waterproof Power Supplies==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Waterproofpowersupply.jpg|600px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproof power supplies are really nice in the sense that you do not have to really worry about moisture as much as a non waterproofed power supply.  Before placing a &amp;quot;waterproof&amp;quot; power supply in a weather exposed area, check it&#039;s [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IP_Code IP rating] to determine what level of protection is required.  You should still put it in some sort of shelter just to be safe.  These are a little more pricey than a standard switch mode power supply but alot less headache.  They come in a variety of sizes so you will have to choose what will work best for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common to use waterproof power supplies with  [[Pixel_Connectors|waterproof connections]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of Waterproof Power Supplies available from different vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE CONFIRM ALL DETAILS WITH VENDOR BEFORE ORDERING!! ALL OF THIS DATA IS SUBJECT TO CONSTANT CHANGE AND MAY BE WRONG!!!&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pricing is in US $.  Pricing is as of 6-24-13.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PRICING DOES NOT INCLUDE SHIPPING, TAXES OR IMPORT DUTIES!&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Shipping from overseas can be expensive, check with your vendor.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Vendor !! Type !! Input Voltage !! Output Voltage !! Output Current !!  Link !! Image !! Price !! Price per Amp !! Size (HxWxL)!! Note&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;5VDC&#039;&#039;&#039; || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.diyledexpress.com DIYLEDEXPRESS] || 60W Waterproof Switching Mode || 90-130VAC  || 5VDC  || 12A || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=20&amp;amp;products_id=163 link]|| || $20.75 ||$1.73 || 45mm x 67mm x 175mm || Cable;VDE BVVB,200MM Long &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/701799 Ray Wu] || 60W Waterproof Switching Mode || 90-250 VAC || 5VDC  || 12A || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/waterproof-led-power-supply-AC90-250V-input-5V-60W-output-IP68-CE-and-ROHS/701799_289162095.html link]|| || $12.63 ||$1.05 || 45mm x 67mm x 175mm || IP68 &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;12VDC&#039;&#039;&#039; || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.holidaycoro.com/ Holiday Coro] || 45W Waterproof Switching Mode || 100-130 VAC || 12VDC  || 3.75A || [http://www.holidaycoro.com/45w-Waterproof-Power-Supply-p/55.htm w/o Cord] or [http://www.holidaycoro.com/product-p/65.htm With Cord]|| || $12.39||$3.30 || 1&amp;quot;x1.2&amp;quot;x9.7&amp;quot; ||IP68 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/701799 Ray Wu] || 60W Waterproof Switching Mode || 85 - 264 VAC || 12VDC  || 5A || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/waterproof-led-power-supply-AC90-250V-input-12V-60W-output-IP68-CE-and-ROHS/701799_289149997.html link]|| || $12.63 ||$2.53 || 45mm x 67mm x 175mm || IP68&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;24VDC&#039;&#039;&#039; || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.diyledexpress.com DIYLEDEXPRESS] || 100W Waterproof Switching Mode || 110 VAC || 24VDC  || 4A || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=20&amp;amp;products_id=140 link]|| || $28.75 ||$7.19 || 45mm x 67mm x 210mm ||IP68&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Non Waterproof Power Supplies==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Powersupplyh.jpg|600px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since they are not rated as waterproof, you must use these supply in some form of enclosure if you want to use these outside to power your DC LEDs.  There are many types of [[Enclosures]] that you can mount your power supply inside of including the [[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Enclosures#CG-1500_.28CableGuard_1500_Coax_Demarcation_Enclosure.29 CG-1500]] provide a large enclosure that you can mount both a power supply and a controller inside of. Most of the supplies have a small adjustment potentiometer that you can use to adjust the voltage output slightly.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of Non Waterproof Power Supplies  available from different vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE CONFIRM ALL DETAILS WITH VENDOR BEFORE ORDERING!! ALL OF THIS DATA IS SUBJECT TO CONSTANT CHANGE AND MAY BE WRONG!!!&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pricing is in US $.  Pricing is as of 6-24-13.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PRICING DOES NOT INCLUDE SHIPPING, TAXES OR IMPORT DUTIES!&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Shipping from overseas can be expensive, check with your vendor.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Vendor !! Type !! Input Voltage !! Output Voltage !! Output Current !!  Link !! Image !! Price !! Price per Amp !! Size (HxWxL)!! Note&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;5VDC&#039;&#039;&#039; || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.diyledexpress.com DIYLEDEXPRESS] || 300W Switching Mode || 100V~120 VAC || 5VDC  || 60A || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=20&amp;amp;products_id=162 link]|| || $27.75 ||$0.46 || 49mm x 114mm x 226mm ||Fan Cooled &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.holidaycoro.com/ Holiday Coro] || 350W Switching Mode || 100-130 VAC || 5VDC  || 60A || [http://www.holidaycoro.com/5v-350w-Dual-Output-Power-Supply-p/50.htm link]|| || $32.95||$0.55 || 2&amp;quot;x4.5&amp;quot;x8.5&amp;quot; ||Fan Cooled &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/701799 Ray Wu] || 350W Switching Mode || 85 - 264 VAC || 5VDC  || 60A || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/350W-Dual-Output-Switching-Power-Supply-88-264VAC-input-5V-350W-output-CE-and-ROHS-approved/701799_289599937.html link]|| || $20.00||$0.33 || 50mmx115mmx215mm ||Fan Cooled &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;12VDC&#039;&#039;&#039; || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.diyledexpress.com DIYLEDEXPRESS] || 360W Switching Mode || 100V~120 VAC || 12VDC  || 30A || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=20&amp;amp;products_id=58 link]|| || $27.75 ||$0.93 || 50mm x 112mm x 214mm ||Fan Cooled &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.holidaycoro.com/ Holiday Coro] || 350W Switching Mode || 100-130 VAC || 12VDC  || 29A || [http://www.holidaycoro.com/350w-Dual-Output-Power-Supply-p/49.htm link]|| || $29.95||$1.03 || 2&amp;quot;x4.5&amp;quot;x8.5&amp;quot; ||Fan Cooled &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/701799 Ray Wu] || 350W Switching Mode || 85 - 264 VAC || 12VDC  || 29A || [http://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/350W-Dual-Output-Switching-Power-Supply-88-264VAC-input-12V-350W-output-CE-and-ROHS-approved/701799_289599951.html link]|| || $20.00||$0.69 || 50mm x 115mm x 215mm ||Fan Cooled &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;24VDC&#039;&#039;&#039; || || || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.diyledexpress.com DIYLEDEXPRESS] || 200W Switching Mode || 100V~120 VAC || 24VDC  || 8A || [http://www.diyledexpress.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&amp;amp;cPath=20&amp;amp;products_id=121 link]|| || $28.00 ||$3.50 || 50mm x 112mm x 214mm ||Fan Cooled &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Converting ATX Power Supplies from a PC===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ATX-powersupply.jpg|600px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
One common low cost way to generate +5VDC and +12VDC is to convert an old used PC power supply that you have salvaged from an unused PC.  Since these power supplies were designed to work inside of a PC, you need to come up with an [[Enclosures|enclosure]] to mount them in.  There are many types of [[Enclosures]] that you can mount your power supply inside of including the [[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Enclosures#CG-1500_.28CableGuard_1500_Coax_Demarcation_Enclosure.29 CG-1500]] which can provide a large enough enclosure that you can mount both a power supply and a controller inside of.  There are numerous plans available on the internet showing you how to convert ATX PC Power Supplies. For more information see:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://web2.murraystate.edu/andy.batts/ps/powersupply.htm Murray State]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.madsciencenotebook.com/atx-power-supply-conversion/ Mad Science Notebook]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.instructables.com/id/Convert-an-ATX-Power-Supply-Into-a-Regular-DC-Powe/ Instructables]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wikihow.com/Convert-a-Computer-ATX-Power-Supply-to-a-Lab-Power-Supply Wikihow]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://www.sparkfun.com/products/9558 Sparkfun Breakout Board]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ATX Power Connector Pinout:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2psfig6.gif]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wall Warts===&lt;br /&gt;
Wall warts have limitations and are difficult to try to run pixels off of.  First off most are too small to supply enough amperage.  Also they do not supply very clean or stable power to the pixels.  Your best bet is to stay way from them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DC - DC Converters===&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a DC Power supply at a different voltage from what you need, you can use a DC - DC Voltage Converter to either raise (Boost Converter) or lower (Buck Converter) the voltage to a different voltage.  Generally these devices are limited to a few Amps (&amp;lt;3-5A) of current.  You can purchase these devices on [http://www.ebay.com Ebay.com], [http://www.dx.com DX.com], [http://alliexpress.com Allliexpress.com] or other electronic parts vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
====Buck Converter====&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Buck_converter Buck Converters] are used to drop a higher voltage to a lower voltage.  A common use would be to drop the output of a 12VDC  power supply down to 5VDC.  A Buck Converter is highly efficient (&amp;gt;95%) and generally does not need a heat sink which a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linear_regulator Linear Regulator] like a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/78xx LM7805] would require.  Examples devices are [http://www.aliexpress.com/item/Free-Shipping-Waterproof-DC-Converter-12V-Step-Down-to-5V-3A-15W-Power-Supply-Module/843715139.html here], [http://dx.com/p/kim-055l-dc-12v-to-dc-5v-5a-buck-converter-step-down-module-green-227205 here] or [http://www.ebay.com/itm/171031823910 here].&lt;br /&gt;
====Boost Converter====&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boost_converter Boost Converters] are used to raise a lower voltage to a higher voltage.  A common use would be to raise the output from a 5VDC power supply to 12VDC.  Boost Converters are also highly efficient (&amp;gt;95%).  Because they convert power from one voltage to another, the current consumed at the lower voltage is higher then the current supplied at the higher voltage. [[Ohm&#039;s Law]] defines the relationship between &#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;ower = &#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039;oltage * &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039; (current)  Example devices are [http://dx.com/p/lm2587-high-power-dc-dc-3-5-30v-boost-converter-module-green-155170 here] or [http://dx.com/p/mini-dc-dc-adjustable-voltage-regulator-module-blue-151211 here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Power Supply Connections==&lt;br /&gt;
Power supplies generally have screw terminals or wires from the power supply that you can connect to your controllers.  Your power supply may vary, but common markings include:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background:black; color:white&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Typical Power Supply Connections&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Label&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;200&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Connection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;L - Line&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Connects to the Hot side of 115VAC power cord(Black wire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;N - Neutral&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Connects to the Neutral side of 115VAC power cord (White wire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Gnd - Ground - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:200px-Earth Ground.png|25px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Connects to the Ground wire of 115VAC power cord (Green wire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;V+&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Positive voltage output to Controllers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;V- (COM)&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Negative voltage output to Controllers&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a good discussion about potential safety benefits of tying the &#039;&#039;&#039;V-&#039;&#039;&#039; terminal to the &#039;&#039;&#039;GND&#039;&#039;&#039; (earth ground) terminal [http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/showthread.php?28039-E682-Power-supplies-jumpering-V-to-GND&amp;amp;p=282715#post282715 click here].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fuses==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DC Power Supplies are capable of putting out hundreds of watts of power and causing serious damage, always use properly sized fuse for safety!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the very high current that many power supplies are capable of putting out (&amp;gt;60A) it is a good design concept to use a heavy gauge wire inline fuse holder between the power supply and the controller hookup.  The large gauge wire will minimize any voltage drop that may occur in the wire due to high current.  The fuse is a safety factor to prevent the full power from the power supply from discharging thru a short circuit and potentially causing a fire.  The correct size fuse rating should be selected based on the expected power usage of the units hooked up to the power supply.  It is common to use 12-14ga wire to connect power supplies with high count pixel controllers like the E682.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://mouser.com Mouser.com] carries several inline weather resistant fuseholders that take automotive blade style fuses both ATC and Mini style fuses. You can also find similar fuseholders at [http://www.radioshack.com/product/index.jsp?productId=3150583 Radio Shack], your local auto parts store, [http://www.ebay.com/itm/5-PACK-12-GAUGE-ATC-FUSE-HOLDER-W-FUSE-IN-LINE-AWG-WIRE-COPPER-12-VOLT-BLADE-/281098237438 Ebay], or [http://dx.com/p/add-a-circuit-blade-fuse-holder-with-30a-blade-fuse-black-medium-size-129577 DX.com].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fuseh.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background:black; color:white&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Number of Channels (*)&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Fuseholders&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Current Rating&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Up to &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Wire Size&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;120&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Fuse Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 !width=&amp;quot;120&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Mouser&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Part #&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 30A&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 12AWG&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| ATC&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| [http://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/Eagle-Plastic-Devices/441-R347A-GR/?qs=EiTGd8sy9OpCVz%252bKAHQVYA== 441-R347A-GR]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 30A&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 12AWG&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| ATC&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| [http://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/Littelfuse/FHAC0002ZXJ/?qs=gm1FTUB0KjtkJAVaRd8RYg== 576-FHAC0002ZXJ]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 20A&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 14AWG&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| ATC&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| [http://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/Eagle-Plastic-Devices/441-R347B-GR/?qs=EiTGd8sy9OpIWiMfOBOQPg== 441-R347B-GR]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 10A&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 18AWG&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| ATC&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| [http://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/Eagle-Plastic-Devices/441-R359D-GR/?qs=EiTGd8sy9Oo5cIrR44LUJA== 441-R359D-GR]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 30A&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 12AWG&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Mini&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| [http://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/Eagle-Plastic-Devices/441-R360A-GR/?qs=GP7tGcbp1QTczT6lVpve6w== 441-R360A-gr]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 20A&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 14AWG&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Mini&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| [http://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/Eagle-Plastic-Devices/441-R360B-GR/?qs=GP7tGcbp1QQMmU5QTJHSOw== 441-R360B-GR]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 10A&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 18AWG&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| Mini&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| [http://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/Eagle-Plastic-Devices/441-R360D-GR/?qs=GP7tGcbp1QS0bASKeHq6DA== 441-R360D-GR]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the fuse and fuseholder based on the maximum [[Power_Supplies#Power_Supply_Current|current]] that you expect from your Pixels to draw thru that section of wiring.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fuse_(automotive) Automotive style] blade fuses come in two types:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.littelfuse.com/data/en/Data_Sheets/Littelfuse_BladeFuse_ATO32V.pdf ATC  and ATO fuses] are available with ratings of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 1/2, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35 and 40A. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.littelfuse.com/data/en/Data_Sheets/Littelfuse-Automotive-Blade-Fuse-MINI-32V.pdf Mini]  fuses are available  with ratings of 2, 3, 4, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30A. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Autofuse.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Pixel Controllers like the [http://sandevices.com/E681info.html E682], [http://sandevices.com/E6804Info.html E6804] and the [[Renard_PX1_Pixel_Controller|Renard PX1]] have separate output fuses connected to each output connector already on the controller.  A common rating for those fuses are 5A.  They are generally [http://www.littelfuse.com/data/en/Data_Sheets/Littelfuse-Automotive-Blade-Fuse-MINI-32V.pdf Mini ]fuses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wire Sizing in Pixel Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In high current and low voltage systems like Pixels and Dumb RGB  it is critical to use the SHORTEST length of THICK (low gauge) wire to minimize voltage drop.&#039;&#039;&#039;  Wire like Cat5 is just to thin for most uses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is desirable to use the largest wire diameter (smaller wire gauge AWG) that you can when connecting your pixels to your controller.  The higher wire gauge results in a higher voltage drop and can cause your pixels to have poor colors or to not function at all. The voltage drop is caused by the resistance in the wire and is  calculated by [[Ohm%27s_Law#Pixel_Voltage_Drop_Calculator|Ohm&#039;s Law]].  This is a good [http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/showthread.php?20242-New-tools-for-estimating-pixels-string-voltage-drops thread] that discusses voltage drop.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a [http://blinkyflashy.info/calcs/pixpower.php Voltage Drop Calculator] useful for calculating the effects of different wire sizes and lengths on pixel strings as well as pixel spacing and wire used in the strings themselves..&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The voltage drop occurs in three major areas:&lt;br /&gt;
*Power wires from the Power Supply to the Pixel Controller&lt;br /&gt;
*Power wires from the Pixel Controller to the Pixel string/strip&lt;br /&gt;
*Power wires in the Pixel string/strip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple example is how you choose the right size wire between the Pixel Controller and the Pixel string/strip.  You can  use the data from the table below to estimate your voltage drop based on the current and wire gauge you will be using.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;What is the voltage drop for a string of 5VDC pixels that draw 3A that have a &#039;&#039;&#039;10ft length of Cat 5 Wire (24 gauge)&#039;&#039;&#039; between the beginning of the string and the controller?&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The total resistance of the wire would be (10 foot)*(25.67x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) = 0.2567 ohms, but since the current goes down one wire and returns on the second wire, you need to double the resistance, so the total loop resistance is 0.5134 ohms.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; By [[Ohm&#039;s Law]] we know that V=IR, so the voltage drop is V = (3A) * (0.5134 ohms) = 1.5402 V  So instead of your pixels getting 5V they are only getting 5 - 1.5402 = 3.4598V  a drop of 31%! Your pixels would not work ...&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;What is the voltage drop for the same string of pixels that have a &#039;&#039;&#039;10ft length of 22 gauge wire&#039;&#039;&#039; between the beginning of the string and the controller?&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The total resistance of the wire would be (10 foot)*(16.14x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) = 0.1614 ohms, but since the current goes down one wire and returns on the second wire, you need to double the resistance, so the total loop resistance is 0.3228 ohms.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; By [[Ohm&#039;s Law]] we know that V=IR, so the voltage drop is V = (3A) * (0.3228 ohms) = 0.9684 V  So instead of your pixels getting 5V they are only getting 5 - 0.9684 = 4.0316V  a drop of 20%!  Getting better, but still not good.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;What is the voltage drop for the same string of 5VDC pixels that have a &#039;&#039;&#039;10ft length of 18 gauge wire&#039;&#039;&#039; between the beginning of the string and the controller?&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The total resistance of the wire would be (10 foot)*(6.39x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) = 0.0639 ohms, but since the current goes down one wire and returns on the second wire, you need to double the resistance, so the total loop resistance is 0.1278 ohms.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; By [[Ohm&#039;s Law]] we know that V=IR, so the voltage drop is V = (3A) * (0.1278 ohms) = 0.3834 V  So instead of your pixels getting 5V they are only getting 5 - 0.3834 = 4.6166V  a drop of only 8%!  That may work for short strings of pixels.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;What is the voltage drop for the same string of 5VDC pixels that have a &#039;&#039;&#039;5ft length of 18 gauge wire&#039;&#039;&#039; between the beginning of the string and the controller?&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The total resistance of the wire would be (5 foot)*(6.39x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) = 0.0320 ohms, but since the current goes down one wire and returns on the second wire, you need to double the resistance, so the total loop resistance is 0.0640 ohms.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; By [[Ohm&#039;s Law]] we know that V=IR, so the voltage drop is V = (3A) * (0.0640 ohms) = 0.1917 V  So instead of your pixels getting 5V they are only getting 5 - 0.1917 = 4.8083V  a drop of only 4%!  &#039;&#039;&#039;Short thick wires are the answer!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When you factor in the voltage drop due to the wire in the pixel strings themselves ( a harder calculation, use the [http://blinkyflashy.info/calcs/pixpower.php calculator] mentioned above) the final pixels at the end of the string may not have enough voltage to light or function properly.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A classic symptom of the voltage being too low at the end of a pixel string is the pixels may look Pink instead of White when turned on fully White.  If the color of the first pixel in a string is different from the last pixel in the string, it is likely due to the voltage drop in the string and the wires supplying it.&#039;&#039;&#039;  This is why folks often use [[Power Injection]] at the end of the pixel strings to boost the voltage to the pixels at the very end of the string.  You should always use the largest diameter wire you have available (smaller gauge) to connect your pixels with the controller and to use for power injection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If all you have is higher gauge wire, it is possible to double or triple up the wires (use 2 or 3 parallel wires for the V+ and Ground) to help reduce the effective wire resistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Common wire used for Pixels include larger gauge (10-18 AWG) [http://www.monoprice.com/products/subdepartment.asp?c_id=102&amp;amp;cp_id=10239 Speaker wire], [http://www.homedepot.com/webapp/catalog/servlet/Search?storeId=10051&amp;amp;langId=-1&amp;amp;catalogId=10053&amp;amp;keyword=alarm+wire Security Alarm Wire], [http://www.homedepot.com/webapp/catalog/servlet/Search?storeId=10051&amp;amp;langId=-1&amp;amp;catalogId=10053&amp;amp;keyword=landscape+wire Low voltage landscaping wire], [http://www.homedepot.com/webapp/catalog/servlet/Search?storeId=10051&amp;amp;langId=-1&amp;amp;catalogId=10053&amp;amp;keyword=sprinkler+wire Sprinkler wire], [[SPT_Wire_and_Vampire_Plugs|SPT wire]] and various wire types available from the pixel vendors.  You must pay attention to the wire size (thicker is better) and length (shorter is better) to ensure that the voltage drop over the wire is not excessive.   &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not use thin wire (20-26 AWG) like [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category_5_cable Cat5] or [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category_6_cable Cat6] wire.  The [[Power_Supplies#Wire_Sizing_in_Pixel_Systems|voltage drop]] over thin wire is often too high to allow the pixels to operate properly.  Thin wire also is a safety hazard and can heat if too high a current is used on it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following data is  from http://www.powerstream.com/Wire_Size.htm Load Carrying Capacities (see table below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The following chart is a guideline of ampacity or copper wire current carrying capacity following the Handbook of Electronic Tables and Formulas for American Wire Gauge. As you might guess, the rated ampacities are just a rule of thumb. In careful engineering the voltage drop, insulation temperature limit, thickness, thermal conductivity, and air convection and temperature should all be taken into account. The Maximum Amps for Power Transmission uses the 700 circular mils per amp rule, which is very very conservative. The Maximum Amps for Chassis Wiring is also a conservative rating, but is meant for wiring in air, and not in a bundle. For short lengths of wire, such as is used in battery packs you should trade off the resistance and load with size, weight, and flexibility. NOTE: For installations that need to conform to the National Electrical Code, you must use their guidelines. Contact your local electrician to find out what is legal! &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; background:black; color:white&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Number of Channels (*)&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;Properties of Copper Conductors&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;AWG Gauge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| Conductor &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Diameter Inches &lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| Conductor&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Diameter mm &lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| Ohms&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;per foot &lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;|  Ohms&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;per meter &lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| Maximum Amps&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; for Chassis Wiring&lt;br /&gt;
!width=&amp;quot;60&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#D3D3D3; color:black&amp;quot;| Maximum Amps&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; for Transmission &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.1285 &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 3.2639&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.63x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 2.06x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 73&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 24&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;10 &#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.1019&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 2.58826&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 1.00x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 3.28x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 55&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;12&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.0808&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 2.05232&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 1.59x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 5.21x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 41&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 9.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;14&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.0641 &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 1.62814&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 2.53x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 8.28x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 32&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 5.9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;16&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.0508&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 1.29032 &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 4.02x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 13.17x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 22&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 3.7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;18&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.0403 &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 1.02362  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;|  6.39x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 20.94x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 16&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 2.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.032 &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;|  0.8128 &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 10.15x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 33.29x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 11&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 1.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;22&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.0254 &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;|  0.64516 &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 16.14x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 52.94x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 7&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.92&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;24&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.0201  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.51054&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 25.67x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 84.20x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 3.5&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.577&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#AFEEEE; color:black&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;&#039;26&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.0159 &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.40386 &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 40.81x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 133.86x10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 2.2&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#FBEC5D; color:black&amp;quot;| 0.361&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Links==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Different Styles of Pixels]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Controllers]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Dumb RGB or Intelligent Pixels??]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Things You Will Need To Get Started With Pixels]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pixel Wiring Colors]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pixel Connectors]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Choosing a Pixel Voltage: 5V vs 12V]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Power Injection]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waterproofing Pixels]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Null Pixels]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[E1.31_(Streaming-ACN)_Protocol|E1.31 Network Setup and Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:RGB]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11234</id>
		<title>Using Audacity Labels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11234"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T01:00:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;HLS can import Audacity labels to help automate precise beat track creation.&lt;br /&gt;
First, make sure you have installed the Queen Mary Vamp plugins: http://vamp-plugins.org/download.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating a Label Track in Audacity:====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Audacity_Beat-tracker.PNG‎|350px|thumb|Figure 10.5-1]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Audacity and open your mp3 file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;Analyze -&amp;gt; Bar and Beat Tracker: Beats...&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The window shown in Figure 10.5-1 will appear.  Select the beats per bar. This will place the specified number of labels for each measure of music.  For example, if you choose 4, and there are 4 beats per measure in the song, you will have one label for each quarter note.  Setting this to 8 would give you one beat for each eighth note, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*(Audacity will now analyze the file to determine the beats.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Once complete, you will see the label track that has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;File -&amp;gt; Export Labels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Save the resulting text file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Create a &amp;quot;Label Tracks&amp;quot; sub-folder in the HLS main folder for saving these files.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding the Labels to HLS====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Add-word-channel.PNG‎|200px|thumb|Figure 10.5-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Open HLS and either open the sequence that uses that audio, or create a new sequence using that audio.&lt;br /&gt;
*Open Channel Manager (&#039;&#039;Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;Add Control Channel&#039;&#039;.  Figure 10.5-2 will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select &amp;quot;Word&amp;quot; and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
*Scroll to the word channel and name it something meaningful (such as Audacity). Click &#039;&#039;Done with Changes&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Add the Audacity channel to a display group and make that display group active.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click on the first cell in the word channel and select &#039;&#039;Add Audacity Label Track File&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Labels will be added similar to those seen in Figure 10.5-3.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add the channel to the beat channel group or make it sticky so you can use it as reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Audacity-beat-listing.PNG‎|350px|thumb|Figure 10.5-3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[RDS Output]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Advanced_Features| Chapter 10: Advanced Features]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Importing and Exporting CSV]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11233</id>
		<title>RDS Output</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11233"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:59:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;RDS-enabled radios are found in many of today&#039;s vehicles.  By using an FM transmitter with RDS capability, text information such as artist and song title can be broadcast along with the audio.  HLS can work with any RDS software that looks for and reads in changes to a text file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_RDS_set-text.PNG|350px|thumb|Figure 10.2-1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the information in the sequence to be sent:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Select Output -&amp;gt; Select Output Method and Compile for Show&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Figure 10.2-1 will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
*In the field &amp;quot;RDS Text for Output File&amp;quot;, enter the text you would like displayed to RDS-enabled radios and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You will need to set this up for each sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_RDS_set-folder.PNG‎|350px|thumb|Figure 10.2-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the location of the text file to be written to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you have a sequence open, close down HLS and re-open.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select &#039;&#039;Output -&amp;gt; Create a Playlist&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Figure 10.2-2 will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
*At the bottom of the window, select &#039;&#039;Folder to Store RDS.TXT&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Navigate to the appropriate location of the text file, then follow the steps on [[Working with Playlists]] to create and save your playlist.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting up the text file:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Depending on the transmitter used and the software that comes with it, you will need to follow steps to let the software know where to look to find your saved RDS.TXT file. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; This should be setup and tested (by typing text in to the file and saving it) to work out any kinks before adding HLS to the mix (to simplify trouble-shooting). Once you have verified the RDS system is working, delete any text in RDS.TXT and save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Sequence_Output | Chapter 9: Sequence Output]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Advanced_Features| Chapter 10: Advanced Features]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Using Audacity Labels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11232</id>
		<title>RDS Output</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11232"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:54:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;RDS-enabled radios are found in many of today&#039;s vehicles.  By using an FM transmitter with RDS capability, text information such as artist and song title can be broadcast along with the audio.  HLS can work with any RDS software that looks for and reads in changes to a text file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_RDS_set-text.PNG|350px|thumb|Figure 10.2-1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the information in the sequence to be sent:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Select Output -&amp;gt; Select Output Method and Compile for Show&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Figure 10.2-1 will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
*In the field &amp;quot;RDS Text for Output File&amp;quot;, enter the text you would like displayed to RDS-enabled radios and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You will need to set this up for each sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_RDS_set-folder.PNG‎|350px|thumb|Figure 10.2-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the location of the text file to be written to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you have a sequence open, close down HLS and re-open.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select &#039;&#039;Output -&amp;gt; Create a Playlist&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Figure 10.2-2 will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
*At the bottom of the window, select &#039;&#039;Folder to Store RDS.TXT&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Navigate to the appropriate location of the text file, then follow the steps on [[Working with Playlists]] to create and save your playlist.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting up the text file:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Depending on the transmitter used and the software that comes with it, you will need to follow steps to let the software know where to look to find your saved RDS.TXT file. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; This should be setup and tested (by typing text in to the file and saving it) to work out any kinks before adding HLS to the mix (to simplify trouble-shooting). Once you have verified the RDS system is working, delete any text in RDS.TXT and save.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11231</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11231"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:52:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* RDS Output (CN) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Moving HLS Data Directories]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (16F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (16K)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Audacity Labels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_RDS_set-text.PNG&amp;diff=11230</id>
		<title>File:HLS RDS set-text.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_RDS_set-text.PNG&amp;diff=11230"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:51:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_RDS_set-folder.PNG&amp;diff=11229</id>
		<title>File:HLS RDS set-folder.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_RDS_set-folder.PNG&amp;diff=11229"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:50:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11228</id>
		<title>RDS Output</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11228"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:50:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;RDS-enabled radios are found in many of today&#039;s vehicles.  By using an FM transmitter with RDS capability, text information such as artist and song title can be broadcast along with the audio.  HLS can work with any RDS software that looks for and reads in changes to a text file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the information in the sequence to be sent:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Select Output -&amp;gt; Select Output Method and Compile for Show&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Figure X-X will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the field &amp;quot;RDS Text for Output File&amp;quot;, enter the text you would like displayed to RDS-enabled radios and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You will need to set this up for each sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the location of the text file to be written to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you have a sequence open, close down HLS and re-open.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select &#039;&#039;Output -&amp;gt; Create a Playlist&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Figure X-Y will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*At the bottom of the window, select &#039;&#039;Folder to Store RDS.TXT&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Navigate to the appropriate location of the text file, then follow the steps on [[Working with Playlists]] to create and save your playlist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting up the text file:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Depending on the transmitter used and the software that comes with it, you will need to follow steps to let the software know where to look to find your saved RDS.TXT file. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; This should be setup and tested (by typing text in to the file and saving it) to work out any kinks before adding HLS to the mix (to simplify trouble-shooting). Once you have verified the RDS system is working, delete any text in RDS.TXT and save.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11227</id>
		<title>RDS Output</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11227"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:49:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;RDS-enabled radios are found in many of today&#039;s vehicles.  By using an FM transmitter with RDS capability, text information such as artist and song title can be broadcast along with the audio.  HLS can work with any RDS software that looks for and reads in changes to a text file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the information in the sequence to be sent:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Select Output -&amp;gt; Select Output Method and Compile for Show&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure X-X&lt;br /&gt;
In the field &amp;quot;RDS Text for Output File&amp;quot;, enter the text you would like displayed to RDS-enabled radios and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You will need to set this up for each sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the location of the text file to be written to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a sequence open, close down HLS and re-open.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;&#039;Output -&amp;gt; Create a Playlist&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure X-Y&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the window, select &#039;&#039;Folder to Store RDS.TXT&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to the appropriate location of the text file, then follow the steps on [[Working with Playlists]] to create and save your playlist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting up the text file:&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the transmitter used and the software that comes with it, you will need to follow steps to let the software know where to look to find your saved RDS.TXT file. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; This should be setup and tested (by typing text in to the file and saving it) to work out any kinks before adding HLS to the mix (to simplify trouble-shooting). Once you have verified the RDS system is working, delete any text in RDS.TXT and save.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11226</id>
		<title>RDS Output</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11226"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:48:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;RDS-enabled radios are found in many of today&#039;s vehicles.  By using an FM transmitter with RDS capability, text information such as artist and song title can be broadcast along with the audio.  HLS can work with any RDS software that looks for and reads in changes to a text file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the information in the sequence to be sent:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Select Output -&amp;gt; Select Output Method and Compile for Show&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure X-X&lt;br /&gt;
In the field &amp;quot;RDS Text for Output File&amp;quot;, enter the text you would like displayed to RDS-enabled radios and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You will need to set this up for each sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the location of the text file to be written to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a sequence open, close down HLS and re-open.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;&#039;Output -&amp;gt; Create a Playlist&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure X-Y&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the window, select &#039;&#039;Folder to Store RDS.TXT&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to the appropriate location of the text file, then follow the steps on [[Working with Playlists]] to create and save your playlist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting up the text file:&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the transmitter used and the software that comes with it, you will need to follow steps to let the software know where to look to find your saved RDS.TXT file. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; This should be setup and tested (by typing text in to the file and saving it) to work out any kinks before adding HLS to the mix (to simplify trouble-shooting). Once you have verified the RDS system is working, delete any text in RDS.TXT and save.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11225</id>
		<title>RDS Output</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=RDS_Output&amp;diff=11225"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:47:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;RDS-enabled radios are found in many of today&#039;s vehicles.  By using an FM transmitter with RDS capability, text information such as artist and song title can be broadcast along with the audio.  HLS can work with any RDS software that looks for and reads in changes to a text file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the information in the sequence to be sent:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Select Output -&amp;gt; Select Output Method and Compile for Show&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure X-X&lt;br /&gt;
In the field &amp;quot;RDS Text for Output File&amp;quot;, enter the text you would like displayed to RDS-enabled radios and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You will need to set this up for each sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Setting the location of the text file to be written to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a sequence open, close down HLS and re-open.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;&#039;Output -&amp;gt; Create a Playlist&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure X-Y&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the window, select &#039;&#039;Folder to Store RDS.TXT&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to the appropriate location of the text file, then follow the steps on [[Creating a HLS Playlist]] to create and save your playlist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting up the text file:&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the transmitter used and the software that comes with it, you will need to follow steps to let the software know where to look to find your saved RDS.TXT file. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; This should be setup and tested (by typing text in to the file and saving it) to work out any kinks before adding HLS to the mix (to simplify trouble-shooting). Once you have verified the RDS system is working, delete any text in RDS.TXT and save.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Segment_Channels&amp;diff=11224</id>
		<title>Segment Channels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Segment_Channels&amp;diff=11224"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:46:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Segment channels allow you to assign multiple channels to a single HLS Channel.  As you add effects, modify them, or delete them on the segment channel, all the channels in that segment are affected.  Segments add some macro control of your display elements and are especially useful for pixels or face animations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.youtube.com/v/nxCGY3Wr4BE?version=3&amp;amp;start=317&amp;amp;end=465 VIDEO: Joe describes Segment Channels and gives examples of their use in his 2013 Intro video]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Multiple pixels or channels assigned to mouth movements.&lt;br /&gt;
*An arch of pixels, with groups of pixels assigned to segments.&lt;br /&gt;
*Assigning a specific color of channels that are on mini-trees to one segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Segments_SegmentChannelManager.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-41]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Segments_SegmentAssignment.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-42]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Creating Segments for Existing Channels:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the Segment Channel Manager (Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Segment Channels).&lt;br /&gt;
*Figure 3-41 will appear.  Click &#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039; to create a new Segment.&lt;br /&gt;
*Figure 3-42 will appear.  Select the channels you wish to assign to a segment, click &amp;quot;check&amp;quot;, name the segment, and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue to add segments as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can also rename segments through the Segment Channel Manager (as of 16K).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Segments_DisplayGroup.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-43]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Segments to a Display Group:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new Display group, but only add the newly created segments to the group.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Segment Channels will appear with a green color. See Figure 3-43.&lt;br /&gt;
*Name the group.&lt;br /&gt;
*Set the group to Display in the sequencing window.&lt;br /&gt;
*Add effects to the segments, which will show up in all channels contained in the segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Out of Sync Effects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*If a channel composed in a segment already has effects in cells, those points will be &amp;quot;grayed out&amp;quot; in the Segment view.&lt;br /&gt;
*You will be unable to modify those effects in the Segment view. This protects those effects from being damaged while editing a full segment.&lt;br /&gt;
*To be able to adjust the entire segment area, you must set the display group to view the channel(s) that contain effects at that point in time and remove them.&lt;br /&gt;
*Once you have applied effects in segments, you can go back in to the individual channels and adjust them if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Video:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qc1rLLqvzxM Segment Channels]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Sticky Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Channel_Management | Chapter 3: Channel Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Display_Preview | Chapter 4: Display Preview]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_Segments_SegmentChannelManager.png&amp;diff=11223</id>
		<title>File:HLS Segments SegmentChannelManager.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_Segments_SegmentChannelManager.png&amp;diff=11223"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:44:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: Jlowe uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:HLS Segments SegmentChannelManager.png&amp;amp;quot;: 16K&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;12H&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Custom_Effects&amp;diff=11222</id>
		<title>Custom Effects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Custom_Effects&amp;diff=11222"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:39:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Building a Custom Effect Template */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction to Custom Effects====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom Effects are a combination of multiple effects that can be applied to a sequence in a variety of ways.  This creates a very custom yet clearly defined effect.  This is one of the most powerful features of HLS.  The first step is to create an effect template from defining an order of basic effects.  Then, that template is applied to a selection box in a number of configurable ways to create the custom effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create your first Custom Effect, click &#039;&#039;Effects -&amp;gt; Add a Custom Effect Group&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Building a Custom Effect Template====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_CustomEffects_Blank.png|350px|thumb|Figure 5-30]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_CustomEffects_AddEffect.png|350px|thumb|Figure 5-31]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you Add a Custom Effect Group, the Custom Effect window will open (see Figure 5-30).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the &#039;&#039;Add an Effect&#039;&#039; button to add a row where you will enter your effect data. &lt;br /&gt;
*Column Definitions:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;Type:&#039;&#039; General type of effect (level, ramp up, ramp down, specific?)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039; the length of the effect in grid cells.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;Start Value:&#039;&#039; Intensity value at the start of the effect. (active for ramps only)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;End Value:&#039;&#039; Intensity value at the end of the effect. (active for ramps only)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;Level Value:&#039;&#039; Intensity value of a level effect. (active for level only)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;Specific Value:&#039;&#039; This sets a specific DMX value (0-255) rather than the normal behavior of percentage (0-100)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;Reorder:&#039;&#039; Used when reordering the effects that make up the custom effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue adding effects until you have completed your custom effect.&lt;br /&gt;
*To remove an effect row, right-click on the left-most column (where the number appears).&lt;br /&gt;
*To Reorder effects, Change the numbers in the reorder column.&lt;br /&gt;
*Once you are satisfied with the components that make up your custom effect, type a name in the Name field and click OK (see Figure 5-31).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Placing a Custom Effect into a Sequence====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Selecting Cells and the Custom Effect Template=====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_CustomEffects_TemplateSelect.png|350px|thumb|Figure 5-32]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have built your custom effect, you can use it in a sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the grid cells and channels on which you wish to place the custom effect.&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the Custom button or &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039; and a window will open for you to select the custom effect (see Figure 5-32).&lt;br /&gt;
*Select your effect and click OK. This will open the Execution of Effect window.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Executing the Custom Effect=====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_CustomEffects_ExecutionofCustomEffect.png|350px|thumb|Figure 5-33]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Execution window (see Figure 5-33) is where you tell HLS very specifically how you want the custom effect applied.  This is truly where the power and customization of HLS shines through.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The layout of the window contains basic information in the top left:&lt;br /&gt;
*The name of your custom effect template and it&#039;s size.&lt;br /&gt;
*Selection Size X/Y: This is the number of grid cells selected (X), and the number of channels (Y) that you will apply the effect to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifying the pattern of how the effect is applied:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Random Coverage:&#039;&#039; This will place the custom effect randomly throughout the selection box.  The %Coverage lets HLS know what percentage of the cells contained in the selection box should be covered by the effect.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Butted:&#039;&#039; This means the effects will be placed right next to each other.  HLS will place your custom effect back-to-back in each selected channel all the way to the end of your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Period:&#039;&#039; This will apply your custom effect every defined period of cells.  This period is the &amp;quot;wait time&amp;quot; before the next custom effect is applied.  For example, a period of 4 would apply your custom effect, leave 4 grid cells blank, then reapply the effect, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional Modifiers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Random Intensity:&#039;&#039; This will apply your custom effect using a random intensity, from your custom low value to high value.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Single Effect Only:&#039;&#039; This will apply your custom effect one time only, exactly as you defined it.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Chase - Single Event:&#039;&#039; This will draw your custom effect one time, and chase it through the channels contained in your selection box.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====RGB Channels and Custom Effects====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If you wish your custom effect to be a color other than white, use the color-specified custom button on the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the rectangle and choose the color you wish to use for the rgb channels.  Click the color-coded custom button.&lt;br /&gt;
*Configure your Custom effect as described in the sections above.&lt;br /&gt;
*It will apply the custom effect in the color chosen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Sequencing with RGB Effects]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Sequencing_Channels_and_Adding_Effects | Chapter 5: Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Creating a Library of Group Effects]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Creating_Basic_Effects&amp;diff=11221</id>
		<title>Creating Basic Effects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Creating_Basic_Effects&amp;diff=11221"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:38:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Modifying Effects */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction to Sequencing in HLS====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing in HLS works by adding effects to lighting channels at specific time intervals to coordinate the lights with a set peice of music.  HLS is different than other sequencers in that it moves beyond the idea of controlling individual channels and individual moments in time. While that can still be done, HLS is most powerful in it&#039;s use of macro-level control.&lt;br /&gt;
*RGB channels can be controlled without concern with the color levels of each underlying channel.&lt;br /&gt;
*Pixels can be grouped into Pixel Planes where complex effects can be as simple as drag and drop without having to think about things on a channel level. &lt;br /&gt;
*With HLS, sequencing thousands of channels becomes quite manageable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Sequencing Window and Toolbar====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_SequencingWindow.png|350px|Figure 5-1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The HLS Sequencing Window has four basic components which are important when sequencing (See Figure 5-1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The first component, highlighted in blue, is the toolbar for applying effects in a sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
:*The top row of buttons are basic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
:*The second row of colored buttons are the colors set for RGB channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The second component, highlighted in yellow, is the audio oscilloscope and the time bar, which shows where you are in the song.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The third component, highlighted in turquoise, is the listing of channels that are currently being viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The fourth component, highlighted in purple, is the sequence grid, which contains the cells where effects are applied to channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Selection Mode in HLS====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying effects to channels in HLS works differently than some other sequencing programs. When you click the left mouse button in the channel grid, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Selection Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; becomes active and will remain active until you click again or press the &#039;&#039;ESC&#039;&#039; key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TIP:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sometimes it may appear as if HLS is unresponsive or hung up. Most likely, you are in Selection Mode and HLS is waiting for a selection box to be completed.  If things ever appear hung up or unresponsive, press ESC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_TimingGrid_Selection_11V.PNG|350px|thumb|Figure 5-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Basic Method to Create a Selection Box:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the left mouse button and click in the left-most cell that the effect will be applied to.&lt;br /&gt;
*A dotted line will appear around the cell.&lt;br /&gt;
*Drag the mouse to the right (and down to apply to multiple channels).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the left mouse button again when in the right-most cell that the effect will be applied to.&lt;br /&gt;
*All of the cells you have chosen will be surrounded by a dotted line. (See Figure 5-2).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you are not happy with your selection, press ESC and draw the selection rectangle again.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic Effects====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_TimingGrid_BasicEffects_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 5-3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Level:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Shortcut key: L&lt;br /&gt;
*Level effects are at the same intensity (default 100%) throughout the effect length.&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a Level effect, place a selection box around an area of cells.&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;L&#039;&#039;&#039; key or click the &#039;&#039;Level&#039;&#039; button on the menu bar.&lt;br /&gt;
*See Figure 5-3, Channel &#039;&#039;Tutorial_0006&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ramp Up:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Shortcut key: U&lt;br /&gt;
*Ramp Up effects start at a low level intensity (default 0%) and move up to a higher level intensity (default 100%) throughout the effect length.&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a Ramp Up effect, place a selection box around an area of cells.&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039;&#039; key or click the &#039;&#039;Ramp Up&#039;&#039; button on the menu bar.&lt;br /&gt;
*See Figure 5-3, Channel &#039;&#039;Tutorial_0008&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ramp Down:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Shortcut key: D&lt;br /&gt;
*Ramp Down effects start at a high level intensity (default 100%) and move down to a lower level intensity (default 0%) throughout the effect length.&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a Ramp Down effect, place a selection box around an area of cells.&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039; key or click the &#039;&#039;Ramp Down&#039;&#039; button on the menu bar.&lt;br /&gt;
*See Figure 5-3, Channel &#039;&#039;Tutorial_0010&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Modifying Effects====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Moving Effects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Moving an effect is to move it from one place in a sequence to another, such as moving it to start 1/2 second later than currently setup.&lt;br /&gt;
*Left-Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;first&#039;&#039;&#039; cell of the effect to move.&lt;br /&gt;
*Move the mouse pointer to the new location.&lt;br /&gt;
*When satisfied with the change, left-click again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Stretching and Shrinking Effects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Stretching an effect is to lengthen the time an effect will take place.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrinking an effect is to shorten the time an effect will take place.&lt;br /&gt;
*Left-Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;last&#039;&#039;&#039; cell of the effect to stretch or shrink.&lt;br /&gt;
*Move the mouse OUT from the starting cell to stretch or IN towards the starting cell to shrink.&lt;br /&gt;
*When satisfied with the change, left-click again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Deleting Single Effects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Deleting an effect is removing the selected effect from the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click on an effect and select &#039;&#039;Delete this Effect&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; No confirmation screen will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Deleting an Area of Effects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Deleting an area of effects will remove all the effects inside a selection box.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the left mouse button to click on the left most cell and drag right (and down, if applicable) to select the end of the area you wish to delete.&lt;br /&gt;
*Left-click again to finalize the selection box.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click and select &#039;&#039;Delete Selection&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; Always be sure you know what is contained in the Selection Box. Once it&#039;s gone, it&#039;s gone!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy/Paste Effects:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*This is copying and pasting of an effect from one area to another.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the effect you wish to copy by &#039;&#039;CTRL&#039;&#039; + Left-Clicking the left-most cell to copy. (This lets HLS know that you are wanting to select cells rather than move the effect.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Move the mouse to the end of the effect to copy.&lt;br /&gt;
*Left-click to finalize the selection box.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-Click and select &#039;&#039;Copy from Selection Box&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Use the shortcuts CTRL+C to copy and CTRL+V to paste.&lt;br /&gt;
*Move the mouse to the desired location for the copied effect, and left-click to finalize the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The selection box will retain the size and shape of the copied cells.&lt;br /&gt;
*Press &#039;&#039;CTRL+V&#039;&#039; or right-click and select &#039;&#039;Paste from Selection Box&#039;&#039; to paste the copied cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modify Effect Attributes:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ModifyEffect_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 5-4]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Effects can be modified in length, type of effect, intensity, and deleted all from this window.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click an effect and select &#039;&#039;Modify This Effect&#039;&#039;. The Modify Effect window will appear (See Figure 5-4).&lt;br /&gt;
*Change the effect type using the radio buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the effect is a ramp, you can adjust the beginning and ending intensities.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the effect is a level, you can adjust the overall intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can assign specific DMX values to a channel, so values from 0-255 instead of percentages of 0-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*For all effects, you can adjust the number of cells.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete the effect by clicking &#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Display_Preview | Chapter 4: Display Preview]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Sequencing_Channels_and_Adding_Effects | Chapter 5: Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Moving_HLS_Data_Directories&amp;diff=11220</id>
		<title>Moving HLS Data Directories</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Moving_HLS_Data_Directories&amp;diff=11220"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:34:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Starting in version 16K, the HLS data can be stored in a separate folder from the HLS application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Create the new data location:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Determine the location you wish to store HLS data files. Examples would include an HLS folder inside the Documents folder, an external drive, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the entire existing HLS folder to the new location.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the name of the new folder to something other than &#039;&#039;HLS&#039;&#039;, such as &#039;&#039;HLS_DATA&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cleanup the HLS folder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Inside the original HLS folder, delete the following folders:&lt;br /&gt;
##All sequence folders&lt;br /&gt;
##DimmingCurves&lt;br /&gt;
##ExportIFiles&lt;br /&gt;
##Library&lt;br /&gt;
##NutCracker&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;IMPORTANT:&#039;&#039;&#039; Leave HLS.exe and all dll files in this folder!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cleanup the new HLS_DATA folder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete HLS.exe and all dll files&lt;br /&gt;
*This folder will now only contain data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Configure HLS to use the new data folder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Start HLS but DO NOT OPEN a sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
#Under the FILE menu --- select &#039;&#039;Use an HLS MAIN Folder other than where the Application Resides&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#HLS will provide a couple prompts to make sure you are sure of what you are doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate and select the new HLS data folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#Close and reopen HLS to begin using the new data folder location.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The quick open menu will be empty since the locations of files has changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Upgrading HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Getting_HLS |Chapter 1: Getting HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Creating_a_Sequence | Chapter 2: Creating a Sequence]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Upgrading_HLS&amp;diff=11219</id>
		<title>Upgrading HLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Upgrading_HLS&amp;diff=11219"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:33:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Standard Upgrade===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you start up HLS, it automatically checks for the most recent version.  If there is a new version, a window will open asking if you want to upgrade. If you choose yes, you will be redirected to the website to download the newest version.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Simply download the latest version, unzip the files, and overwrite the old files with the new ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Upgrade Path for Skipped Updates===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the high rate of development of HLS, if a user is not monitoring the updates frequently, it is easy to fall several versions behind.  If someone upgrades to the latest version from an older version, there is risk of data loss from the sequence files no longer being able to be opened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To address this concern, there is an upgrade path that can be taken to move from older version to the newest version. Each time an upgrade step is made, any sequences that you want to keep should be opened in that step and saved before moving to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upgrading from a version &#039;&#039;&#039;less than&#039;&#039;&#039; 11E: Install version &#039;&#039;&#039;11H&#039;&#039;&#039; [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/HLS_Install_11H.zip]&lt;br /&gt;
*Open any sequence you wish to keep in version 11H and &#039;&#039;&#039;Save Sequences.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Upgrade from &#039;&#039;&#039;11H&#039;&#039;&#039; to the most current version. [http://joehinkle.com/HLS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Open and Save sequences again to have them fully updated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Download and Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Getting_HLS |Chapter 1: Getting HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Moving HLS Data Directories]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Moving_HLS_Data_Directories&amp;diff=11218</id>
		<title>Moving HLS Data Directories</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Moving_HLS_Data_Directories&amp;diff=11218"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:29:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: Created page with &amp;quot;Starting in version 16K, the HLS data can be stored in a separate folder from the HLS application.   &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create the new data location:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; #Determine the location you wish to st...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Starting in version 16K, the HLS data can be stored in a separate folder from the HLS application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Create the new data location:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Determine the location you wish to store HLS data files. Examples would include an HLS folder inside the Documents folder, an external drive, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the entire existing HLS folder to the new location.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the name of the new folder to something other than &#039;&#039;HLS&#039;&#039;, such as &#039;&#039;HLS_DATA&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cleanup the HLS folder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Inside the original HLS folder, delete the following folders:&lt;br /&gt;
##All sequence folders&lt;br /&gt;
##DimmingCurves&lt;br /&gt;
##ExportIFiles&lt;br /&gt;
##Library&lt;br /&gt;
##NutCracker&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;IMPORTANT:&#039;&#039;&#039; Leave HLS.exe and all dll files in this folder!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cleanup the new HLS_DATA folder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete HLS.exe and all dll files&lt;br /&gt;
*This folder will now only contain data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Configure HLS to use the new data folder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Start HLS but DO NOT OPEN a sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
#Under the FILE menu --- select &#039;&#039;Use an HLS MAIN Folder other than where the Application Resides&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#HLS will provide a couple prompts to make sure you are sure of what you are doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate and select the new HLS data folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#Close and reopen HLS to begin using the new data folder location.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The quick open menu will be empty since the locations of files has changed.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Download_and_Installation&amp;diff=11217</id>
		<title>Download and Installation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Download_and_Installation&amp;diff=11217"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:16:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Folder Hierarchy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Download HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download the software HLS_Install_**.zip from [http://joehinkle.com/HLS] and save it to your computer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; One way to organize the downloaded versions is to create a folder named &amp;quot;HLS Versions&amp;quot; and save downloads there.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Unzip the HLS_Install_**.zip and four files will be created in a folder named the same as the zip file.  These four files are:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::DBGHELP.DLL&lt;br /&gt;
::ftd2xx.dll&lt;br /&gt;
::HLS.exe&lt;br /&gt;
::ipworks8.dll &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Folder Hierarchy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike a lot of software, HLS doesn&#039;t change your registry and isn&#039;t installed in a typical way.  All that&#039;s necessary to get HLS up and running is to place the four files listed above into a folder and you are off and running.  A little time spent on creating a foundation of folders to hold your copy of HLS will go a long way in keeping your computer organized and the files you will be creating logical and easy to find.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Prior to version 16K, the HLS Program and Data all were contained within the HLS Application folder.  Starting in version 16K, data can be set to any place you want.  Your Documents folder, an external hard drive, etc. Follow the [[Moving HLS Data Directories]] page to separate data from application.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wherever you decide to save HLS data, the following structure is suggested:&lt;br /&gt;
 HLS&lt;br /&gt;
 HLS\&#039;&#039;&#039;Backgrounds&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 HLS\&#039;&#039;&#039;Library&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 HLS\&#039;&#039;&#039;Music&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you create an HLS sequence, HLS will create a folder under your HLS folder with the sequence name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===HLS Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Now that you have the foundation of folders created, copy the four files from the HLS_Install_**.zip version into your &amp;quot;HLS&amp;quot; folder.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Now you are ready to run HLS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Note: If you are using &#039;&#039;&#039;Windows 7&#039;&#039;&#039; you need to change the properties of the HLS.exe file to run as Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
*Open HLS.exe and begin to sequence.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===OS Specific Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[HLS Installation on XP|Windows XP HLS Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[HLS Installation on Vista/Win7|Windows 7/Vista HLS Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Linux HLS Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[OSX HLS Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide|Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Getting_HLS|Chapter 1: Getting HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Upgrading HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Download_and_Installation&amp;diff=11216</id>
		<title>Download and Installation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Download_and_Installation&amp;diff=11216"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:15:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Folder Hierarchy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Download HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download the software HLS_Install_**.zip from [http://joehinkle.com/HLS] and save it to your computer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; One way to organize the downloaded versions is to create a folder named &amp;quot;HLS Versions&amp;quot; and save downloads there.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Unzip the HLS_Install_**.zip and four files will be created in a folder named the same as the zip file.  These four files are:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::DBGHELP.DLL&lt;br /&gt;
::ftd2xx.dll&lt;br /&gt;
::HLS.exe&lt;br /&gt;
::ipworks8.dll &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Folder Hierarchy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike a lot of software, HLS doesn&#039;t change your registry and isn&#039;t installed in a typical way.  All that&#039;s necessary to get HLS up and running is to place the four files listed above into a folder and you are off and running.  A little time spent on creating a foundation of folders to hold your copy of HLS will go a long way in keeping your computer organized and the files you will be creating logical and easy to find.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Prior to version 16K, the HLS Program and Data all were contained within the HLS Application folder.  Starting in version 16K, data can be set to any place you want.  Your Documents folder, an external hard drive, etc. Follow the MOVE-FOLDER guide to separate data from application.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wherever you decide to save HLS data, the following structure is suggested:&lt;br /&gt;
 HLS&lt;br /&gt;
 HLS\&#039;&#039;&#039;Backgrounds&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 HLS\&#039;&#039;&#039;Library&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 HLS\&#039;&#039;&#039;Music&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you create an HLS sequence, HLS will create a folder under your HLS folder with the sequence name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===HLS Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Now that you have the foundation of folders created, copy the four files from the HLS_Install_**.zip version into your &amp;quot;HLS&amp;quot; folder.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Now you are ready to run HLS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Note: If you are using &#039;&#039;&#039;Windows 7&#039;&#039;&#039; you need to change the properties of the HLS.exe file to run as Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
*Open HLS.exe and begin to sequence.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===OS Specific Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[HLS Installation on XP|Windows XP HLS Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[HLS Installation on Vista/Win7|Windows 7/Vista HLS Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Linux HLS Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[OSX HLS Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide|Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Getting_HLS|Chapter 1: Getting HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Upgrading HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11215</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11215"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:11:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Getting HLS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Moving HLS Data Directories]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (16F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Audacity Labels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Setting_up_HLS_Channels&amp;diff=11214</id>
		<title>Setting up HLS Channels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Setting_up_HLS_Channels&amp;diff=11214"/>
		<updated>2013-10-26T00:00:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Changing the Assigned Universe */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage-Channels-Menu.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
HLS Channels are controlled using the &#039;&#039;Manage Channels&#039;&#039; Menu at the top of the screen. See figure 3-1. While there are many functions on this menu, this document will mainly focus on the first option: &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Raw Channels&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select this option to add and manipulate the raw channels associated with the sequence you are working with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you plan to use a time resolution that is different than the default (50 msec), it MUST be set BEFORE you add any channels.  Once you add channels, this time resolution CANNOT be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TimeReminder.jpg|350px|thumb|Figure 3-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
Next we will set up HLS Channels.  Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Channels&#039;&#039;&#039; tab at the top of the page and then click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Raw Channels&#039;&#039;&#039;. At this point you will see a message reminding you to choose your time period resolution before you continue (see Figure 3-2). Next, click on the OK button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding Basic HLS Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Channel Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; screen will now as appear (see Figure 3-3). This is where we will add and configure HLS channels.&lt;br /&gt;
*HLS Channels are not the same as channels on a controller.  HLS channels can represent a strand of incandescents or LED&#039;s, a &amp;quot;super string&amp;quot; of 3 light colors connected to the same object, a dumb RGB item, a single pixel, or a plane of pixels. This versatility is one of the features that sets HLS apart from some other sequencers.&lt;br /&gt;
*Output channel configuration is handled in the &amp;quot;Output&amp;quot; section of HLS and cannot be setup from the Raw Channel Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add channels:&lt;br /&gt;
# In the &#039;&#039;# of Channels to Add&#039;&#039; field, type the numeric value of number of channels to add.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039; button to create the channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_Blank.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Naming Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Channel-Manager-Name.jpg|350px|thumb|Figure 3-4]]&lt;br /&gt;
HLS will pop up a window asking for the common name for the channels (See Figure 3-4).  You can enter anything in the blank and HLS will auto-number the channels, starting at 1.  If you would rather NOT start at 1, you can input a different number in parenthesis. For example, to add channels starting with number 15, you could enter &#039;&#039;Chan(15)&#039;&#039; into the box.  Hit Enter when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Changing the Assigned Universe====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_UniverseAssignment.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-5]]&lt;br /&gt;
When adding channels, HLS automatically assigns them to &#039;&#039;&#039;Universe 0&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Any channels assigned to Universe 0 will NOT output to controllers.  If you&#039;d like to, you can go ahead and assign channels to a universe.  Or, if you prefer, you can do this when you are ready to set your channels up for output.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the example of Figure 3-5, 10 HLS channels have been added.&lt;br /&gt;
*To change them to &#039;&#039;&#039;Universe 1&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
**Select all channels to change by clicking on the top channel (inside any box) and drag the mouse cursor down until all channels are selected.&lt;br /&gt;
**Enter the number one into the &#039;&#039;&#039;Renumber Selected Universe&#039;&#039;&#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Renumber Universe&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Some channels will always be Universe &#039;&#039;&#039;0&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Channels like beat tracks, pixel planes, lighting channels, and segments are not designed for output.  These types of channels will be discussed further in the guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Applying Colors to Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Channel-Manager-Color-Picker.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-7]]&lt;br /&gt;
Setting a color for an HLS channel is important as it is the color that appears in the sequencer as you add effects and is also used in the Display Preview.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the top right corner, there is a color block.  Click it to bring up the &#039;&#039;&#039;Color Picker&#039;&#039;&#039; (See figure 3-7).&lt;br /&gt;
*Once the Color Picker is open, you can easily set it to one of the more common lighting colors or you can click the drop down box in the bottom left to choose any color you like.&lt;br /&gt;
*Once you have selected a color, click OK to use it.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Color&#039;&#039;&#039; column of any channels you want to be demonstrated with that color. (See figure 3-8.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039;&#039; To save time, choose one color at a time and set all same-colored channels at the same time before switching to another color.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Channel-Manager-Colored-Channels.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple Renaming====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Channel-Manager-Simple-Renaming.png|350px|thumb|px700|Figure 3-9]]&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, you won&#039;t want to keep a bunch of channels with the same name. Or you may want to make minor changes to names as you go along. In the example shown in Figure 3-9, the first channel has been renamed and the second channel is in process of being renamed.&lt;br /&gt;
*First, you MUST check the &#039;&#039;&#039;UnFreeze Name to Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; box in the top left.&lt;br /&gt;
*Once names are unlocked, click into the field and type a new name.&lt;br /&gt;
*Group renaming, using folders, moving items, and other complex tasks are in the [[Advanced Channel Management]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Creating_a_Sequence | Chapter 2: Creating a Sequence]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Channel_Management | Chapter 3: Channel Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Advanced Channel Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS&amp;diff=11199</id>
		<title>HLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS&amp;diff=11199"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:48:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Using HLS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:HLS_Logo_Largel.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Information=&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
In December of 2011 Joe Hinkle saw his first Holdman&#039;s Christmas video and decided &amp;quot;I can do that&amp;quot;.  Shortly thereafter he designed his own 24 channel controller and wrote a sequencer!  In February of 2012 Joe offered his sequencer in beta form to all who wanted to try it ( HLS Sequencer - Beta - Free to use ).   Joe&#039;s support of his software is beyond anything you could hope for.  When a solid issue is brought up by a user, Joe usually has a fix and a new version out the same day.  Usually within hours after discovery and isolation of the issue&#039;s source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DIY Christmas user Jon Stenerson (stenersonj) wrote the HLS Getting Started Manual (located on [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/ Joe&#039;s software download page]) where he also keeps the latest version of HLS, release notes, HLS Player, WAV converter and several other pieces of software. As Joe has refined HLS, some of the information, screens, etc have changed.  Using a Wiki should make it much easier to keep the HLS Getting Started Manual updated reflecting the current version of the software.  With the speed that Joe continues to add new functions and power to HLS, the manual additions/revisions is going to have to be a community effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several very experienced users of HLS that share thier time and energy helping to teach others the use of HLS and assisting in helping answers that come up.   One DIYC user in particular is angus40.  Angus40 (Richard) has produced numerous, excellent how-to videos which are hosted on [https://vimeo.com/user10801597/videos Vimeo].  Richard&#039;s videos and descriptions can be found in the Video Tutorial section of this Wiki (soon).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The reason this Wiki was created is because of the belief that if you document what you learn, you can always go back and review it as a refresher.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
The HLS forum on DIYC is filled with excellent information on how to operate the software and what to watch out for, but sometimes trying to find those nuggets later on can be difficult.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
We are looking forward to learning all we can about HLS and and sharing it.&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like to help with building this Wiki, contact Macrosill and request that you be added to the Wiki contributers.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using HLS==&lt;br /&gt;
===HLS User Manual and Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]] is designed to provide detailed documentation and cover all aspects of HLS.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you prefer an electronic pdf version for offline viewing or printing, you can get the most recent version from Joe&#039;s download page here:&lt;br /&gt;
[http://joehinkle.com/HLS/ http://joehinkle.com/HLS/] Look for the pdf file(s) that are titled &amp;quot;UMaRG-XXx.pdf&amp;quot; (XXx = version) for the double column version and &amp;quot;UMaRG-SC-XXx.pdf&amp;quot; for the single column version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Historical Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
====Getting Started Manual====&lt;br /&gt;
The DIYC user Jon Stenerson (stenersonj) wrote the HLS Getting Started Manual which describes the installation/usage of HLS and contains many screen shots and great information for getting started.  Note that this was written a while ago and many things have changed over the development per feature requests on DIYC so some screens may look different than in the manual.  The basic concepts of channel layout, preview preparation, sequencing remain the same so the manual is still very useful, especially for a beginner to HLS.  The manual can be downloaded at the main HLS download site [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/HLS%20Getting%20Started%20Manual.pdf here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DIYC HLS Getting Started Manual====&lt;br /&gt;
The [[HLS Getting Started Manual]] is meant to be a fast tutorial to get up and running with HLS. While it has not been updated in a while, it is still a good way to get your feet wet. This manual was designed to take the original manual, transform it into a wiki, and keep it maintained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following wiki was first used &#039;&#039;&#039;but it is no longer updated&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[http://hinkles-lighting-sequencer.wikia.com/wiki/Getting_Started_with_HLS Getting Started with HLS (External Wiki)]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Howto Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
====Joe&#039;s Videos====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2013&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/v/nxCGY3Wr4BE?version=3&amp;amp;start=0 HLS 2013 Introduction] - This is an excellent that should be viewed by anyone wanting to use HLS. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;amp;v=g0oZpMWIWBk HLS 2013 Lesson 2] - Joe picks up where lesson one left off. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;amp;v=ML23y9HyJKg HLS Intro Vertical Matrix showing GIF] - Joe adds the ability to use animated Gifs starting with version 12N.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2012&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qYSaSB5Dioc Dimming Curves] - Setting defaults for dimming values, dimming curves, and library support.  The library support covers insertion of custom effects and saving of channel layout.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TDVOvs_0mUI Converting to RGB] - Converting channels to RGB.  If you previously had &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fFjdwo3vd8o Automatic RGB Conversion] - This details how to use the automatic RGB conversion tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qc1rLLqvzxM Segments Training] - This video demonstrates the new segments feature using a 30 channel pixel arch.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DDlsApMPB7o Triggers] - HLS Training video on Control Triggers.. Ability to launch a EXE or a BAT from within your sequence&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQfxI57apB8 Thriller, part 1] - Singing Monster Face animation, part 1&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mjsqdLe7Bis Thriller, part 2] - Singing Monster Face animation, part 2&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ejgXraUpdUI HLS Player] - Remote controlled Video Player for HLS&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4HWBVl6ID7c Video Player Interface] - Remote Control of Video Projector - synchronized with Lighting Sequence&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KFihcC9M5Gk Pixel MegaTree] - How to build a 1344 Channel Pixel based MegaTree and Display an Effect &#039;&#039;&#039;in less than 20 minutes!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F6cTYgqDN3M Pixel RoofLine] - How to build and display a Pixel Roof Line in the HLS Preview&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dRwUp4Egc4Y Custom Object Preview] - Preview Using Custom Objects&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IKmn1zx1kkU Arch Object Preview] - Preview using Arch Object&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Y8Y-Xx1WUc Folders and Fill] - Manage Channel Folders and Fill Channels&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=roJzCE1IAAA Pixel Plane Editor] - Introduction to the PixelPlane editor that became available in version 12&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=448t8np6mnw Pixel Plane Editor, part 2] - PixelPlane Show and Tell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angus40&#039;s (Richard&#039;s) Videos====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2013&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/56678507 Mapping Pixels and Elements in HLS]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://vimeo.com/56830658 Pixel Plane and Segments]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://vimeo.com/58193800 HLS Preview; Deleting Objects]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/44969688 Create X by Dougie B]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/44991162 HLS Beat Track, Library and Custom]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/45287947 Setting your netrwork adapter to 10.10.10.1]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/45415579 Output settings for HLS]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/45531500 Play list and show schedule]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/56234007 HLS: Home, End, and the Tool Bar]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
==Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
All installations begin with visiting the current website and downloading the latest ZIP file: [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/].&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Windows HLS Installation]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Linux HLS Installation]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upgrading==&lt;br /&gt;
Upon HLS launch, HLS will check the download site to see if there is a newer version available.  If there is, a prompt will be shown suggesting to take you there for a download.  Upgrading follows almost the same procedure as installation, only you will extract the files of the ZIP on top of the existing installation. For additional detailed information see the following link:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Upgrading_HLS Upgrading HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tips===&lt;br /&gt;
Ctrl+click&lt;br /&gt;
Shift for info&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=FAQ=&lt;br /&gt;
How do I re-order channels?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I delete effects?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I make channels actually output data?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I make channels NOT output?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I import sequences from sequencer X?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I convert 3 individual channels to 1 RGB channel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I remove all effects from a channel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I copy/paste?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I cancel a selection?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I select an effect, starting from the upper corner?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I make an effect bigger?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I move an effect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I move an effect from one channel to another?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the keyboard shortcuts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How does the Beat Track work?&lt;br /&gt;
http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/showthread.php?20796-Beat-Track&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/44991162&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Useful Links=&lt;br /&gt;
* Website - TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/ Download]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/HLS%20Getting%20Started%20Manual.pdf PDF Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/forumdisplay.php?103-Hinkle-s-Lighting-Sequencer HLS Forum on DIYC]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS&amp;diff=11198</id>
		<title>HLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS&amp;diff=11198"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:48:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Using HLS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:HLS_Logo_Largel.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Information=&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
In December of 2011 Joe Hinkle saw his first Holdman&#039;s Christmas video and decided &amp;quot;I can do that&amp;quot;.  Shortly thereafter he designed his own 24 channel controller and wrote a sequencer!  In February of 2012 Joe offered his sequencer in beta form to all who wanted to try it ( HLS Sequencer - Beta - Free to use ).   Joe&#039;s support of his software is beyond anything you could hope for.  When a solid issue is brought up by a user, Joe usually has a fix and a new version out the same day.  Usually within hours after discovery and isolation of the issue&#039;s source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DIY Christmas user Jon Stenerson (stenersonj) wrote the HLS Getting Started Manual (located on [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/ Joe&#039;s software download page]) where he also keeps the latest version of HLS, release notes, HLS Player, WAV converter and several other pieces of software. As Joe has refined HLS, some of the information, screens, etc have changed.  Using a Wiki should make it much easier to keep the HLS Getting Started Manual updated reflecting the current version of the software.  With the speed that Joe continues to add new functions and power to HLS, the manual additions/revisions is going to have to be a community effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several very experienced users of HLS that share thier time and energy helping to teach others the use of HLS and assisting in helping answers that come up.   One DIYC user in particular is angus40.  Angus40 (Richard) has produced numerous, excellent how-to videos which are hosted on [https://vimeo.com/user10801597/videos Vimeo].  Richard&#039;s videos and descriptions can be found in the Video Tutorial section of this Wiki (soon).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The reason this Wiki was created is because of the belief that if you document what you learn, you can always go back and review it as a refresher.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
The HLS forum on DIYC is filled with excellent information on how to operate the software and what to watch out for, but sometimes trying to find those nuggets later on can be difficult.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
We are looking forward to learning all we can about HLS and and sharing it.&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like to help with building this Wiki, contact Macrosill and request that you be added to the Wiki contributers.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using HLS==&lt;br /&gt;
===HLS User Manual and Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]] is designed to provide detailed documentation and cover all aspects of HLS.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you prefer an electronic pdf version for offline viewing or printing, you can get the most recent version from Joe&#039;s download page here:&lt;br /&gt;
[http://joehinkle.com/HLS/ http://joehinkle.com/HLS/] Look for the pdf file(s) that are titled &amp;quot;UMaRG-XXx.pdf&amp;quot; (XXx = version) for the double column version and &amp;quot;UMaRG-SC-XXx.pdf&amp;quot; for the single column version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Historical Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
====Getting Started Manual====&lt;br /&gt;
The DIYC user Jon Stenerson (stenersonj) wrote the HLS Getting Started Manual which describes the installation/usage of HLS and contains many screen shots and great information for getting started.  Note that this was written a while ago and many things have changed over the development per feature requests on DIYC so some screens may look different than in the manual.  The basic concepts of channel layout, preview preparation, sequencing remain the same so the manual is still very useful, especially for a beginner to HLS.  The manual can be downloaded at the main HLS download site [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/HLS%20Getting%20Started%20Manual.pdf here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DIYC HLS Getting Started Manual====&lt;br /&gt;
The [[HLS Getting Started Manual]] is meant to be a fast tutorial to get up and running with HLS. While it has not been updated in a while, it is still a good way to get your feet wet. This manual was designed to take the original manual, transform it into a wiki, and keep it maintained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following wiki was first used &#039;&#039;&#039;but it is no longer updated&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[http://hinkles-lighting-sequencer.wikia.com/wiki/Getting_Started_with_HLS Getting Started with HLS (External Wiki)]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Howto Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
====Joe&#039;s Videos====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2013&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/v/nxCGY3Wr4BE?version=3&amp;amp;start=0 HLS 2013 Introduction] - This is an excellent that should be viewed by anyone wanting to use HLS. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;amp;v=g0oZpMWIWBk HLS 2013 Lesson 2] - Joe picks up where lesson one left off. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;amp;v=ML23y9HyJKg HLS Intro Vertical Matrix showing GIF] - Joe adds the ability to use animated Gifs starting with version 12N.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2012&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qYSaSB5Dioc Dimming Curves] - Setting defaults for dimming values, dimming curves, and library support.  The library support covers insertion of custom effects and saving of channel layout.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TDVOvs_0mUI Converting to RGB] - Converting channels to RGB.  If you previously had &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fFjdwo3vd8o Automatic RGB Conversion] - This details how to use the automatic RGB conversion tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qc1rLLqvzxM Segments Training] - This video demonstrates the new segments feature using a 30 channel pixel arch.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DDlsApMPB7o Triggers] - HLS Training video on Control Triggers.. Ability to launch a EXE or a BAT from within your sequence&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQfxI57apB8 Thriller, part 1] - Singing Monster Face animation, part 1&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mjsqdLe7Bis Thriller, part 2] - Singing Monster Face animation, part 2&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ejgXraUpdUI HLS Player] - Remote controlled Video Player for HLS&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4HWBVl6ID7c Video Player Interface] - Remote Control of Video Projector - synchronized with Lighting Sequence&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KFihcC9M5Gk Pixel MegaTree] - How to build a 1344 Channel Pixel based MegaTree and Display an Effect &#039;&#039;&#039;in less than 20 minutes!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F6cTYgqDN3M Pixel RoofLine] - How to build and display a Pixel Roof Line in the HLS Preview&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dRwUp4Egc4Y Custom Object Preview] - Preview Using Custom Objects&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IKmn1zx1kkU Arch Object Preview] - Preview using Arch Object&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Y8Y-Xx1WUc Folders and Fill] - Manage Channel Folders and Fill Channels&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=roJzCE1IAAA Pixel Plane Editor] - Introduction to the PixelPlane editor that became available in version 12&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=448t8np6mnw Pixel Plane Editor, part 2] - PixelPlane Show and Tell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angus40&#039;s (Richard&#039;s) Videos====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2013&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/56678507 Mapping Pixels and Elements in HLS]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://vimeo.com/56830658 Pixel Plane and Segments]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://vimeo.com/58193800 HLS Preview; Deleting Objects]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/44969688 Create X by Dougie B]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/44991162 HLS Beat Track, Library and Custom]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/45287947 Setting your netrwork adapter to 10.10.10.1]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/45415579 Output settings for HLS]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/45531500 Play list and show schedule]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/56234007 HLS: Home, End, and the Tool Bar]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
==Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
All installations begin with visiting the current website and downloading the latest ZIP file: [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/].&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Windows HLS Installation]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Linux HLS Installation]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upgrading==&lt;br /&gt;
Upon HLS launch, HLS will check the download site to see if there is a newer version available.  If there is, a prompt will be shown suggesting to take you there for a download.  Upgrading follows almost the same procedure as installation, only you will extract the files of the ZIP on top of the existing installation. For additional detailed information see the following link:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Upgrading_HLS Upgrading HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tips===&lt;br /&gt;
Ctrl+click&lt;br /&gt;
Shift for info&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=FAQ=&lt;br /&gt;
How do I re-order channels?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I delete effects?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I make channels actually output data?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I make channels NOT output?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I import sequences from sequencer X?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I convert 3 individual channels to 1 RGB channel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I remove all effects from a channel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I copy/paste?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I cancel a selection?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I select an effect, starting from the upper corner?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I make an effect bigger?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I move an effect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I move an effect from one channel to another?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the keyboard shortcuts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How does the Beat Track work?&lt;br /&gt;
http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/showthread.php?20796-Beat-Track&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/44991162&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Useful Links=&lt;br /&gt;
* Website - TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/ Download]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/HLS%20Getting%20Started%20Manual.pdf PDF Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/forumdisplay.php?103-Hinkle-s-Lighting-Sequencer HLS Forum on DIYC]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS&amp;diff=11197</id>
		<title>HLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS&amp;diff=11197"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:46:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Using HLS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:HLS_Logo_Largel.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Information=&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
In December of 2011 Joe Hinkle saw his first Holdman&#039;s Christmas video and decided &amp;quot;I can do that&amp;quot;.  Shortly thereafter he designed his own 24 channel controller and wrote a sequencer!  In February of 2012 Joe offered his sequencer in beta form to all who wanted to try it ( HLS Sequencer - Beta - Free to use ).   Joe&#039;s support of his software is beyond anything you could hope for.  When a solid issue is brought up by a user, Joe usually has a fix and a new version out the same day.  Usually within hours after discovery and isolation of the issue&#039;s source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DIY Christmas user Jon Stenerson (stenersonj) wrote the HLS Getting Started Manual (located on [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/ Joe&#039;s software download page]) where he also keeps the latest version of HLS, release notes, HLS Player, WAV converter and several other pieces of software. As Joe has refined HLS, some of the information, screens, etc have changed.  Using a Wiki should make it much easier to keep the HLS Getting Started Manual updated reflecting the current version of the software.  With the speed that Joe continues to add new functions and power to HLS, the manual additions/revisions is going to have to be a community effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several very experienced users of HLS that share thier time and energy helping to teach others the use of HLS and assisting in helping answers that come up.   One DIYC user in particular is angus40.  Angus40 (Richard) has produced numerous, excellent how-to videos which are hosted on [https://vimeo.com/user10801597/videos Vimeo].  Richard&#039;s videos and descriptions can be found in the Video Tutorial section of this Wiki (soon).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The reason this Wiki was created is because of the belief that if you document what you learn, you can always go back and review it as a refresher.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
The HLS forum on DIYC is filled with excellent information on how to operate the software and what to watch out for, but sometimes trying to find those nuggets later on can be difficult.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
We are looking forward to learning all we can about HLS and and sharing it.&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like to help with building this Wiki, contact Macrosill and request that you be added to the Wiki contributers.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using HLS==&lt;br /&gt;
===HLS User Manual and Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]] is designed to provide detailed documentation and cover all aspects of HLS.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you prefer an electronic pdf version for offline viewing or printing, you can get the most recent version from Joe&#039;s download page here:&lt;br /&gt;
[http://joehinkle.com/HLS/ http://joehinkle.com/HLS/] Look for the pdf file(s) that are titled &amp;quot;UMaRG-XXx.pdf&amp;quot; (XXx = version) for the double column version and &amp;quot;UMaRG-SC-XXx.pdf&amp;quot; for the single column version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Historical Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting Started Manual===&lt;br /&gt;
The DIYC user Jon Stenerson (stenersonj) wrote the HLS Getting Started Manual which describes the installation/usage of HLS and contains many screen shots and great information for getting started.  Note that this was written a while ago and many things have changed over the development per feature requests on DIYC so some screens may look different than in the manual.  The basic concepts of channel layout, preview preparation, sequencing remain the same so the manual is still very useful, especially for a beginner to HLS.  The manual can be downloaded at the main HLS download site [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/HLS%20Getting%20Started%20Manual.pdf here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DIYC HLS Getting Started Manual===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[HLS Getting Started Manual]] is meant to be a fast tutorial to get up and running with HLS. While it has not been updated in a while, it is still a good way to get your feet wet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following wiki was first used &#039;&#039;&#039;but it is no longer updated&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[http://hinkles-lighting-sequencer.wikia.com/wiki/Getting_Started_with_HLS Getting Started with HLS (External Wiki)]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Howto Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
====Joe&#039;s Videos====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2013&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/v/nxCGY3Wr4BE?version=3&amp;amp;start=0 HLS 2013 Introduction] - This is an excellent that should be viewed by anyone wanting to use HLS. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;amp;v=g0oZpMWIWBk HLS 2013 Lesson 2] - Joe picks up where lesson one left off. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;amp;v=ML23y9HyJKg HLS Intro Vertical Matrix showing GIF] - Joe adds the ability to use animated Gifs starting with version 12N.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2012&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qYSaSB5Dioc Dimming Curves] - Setting defaults for dimming values, dimming curves, and library support.  The library support covers insertion of custom effects and saving of channel layout.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TDVOvs_0mUI Converting to RGB] - Converting channels to RGB.  If you previously had &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fFjdwo3vd8o Automatic RGB Conversion] - This details how to use the automatic RGB conversion tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qc1rLLqvzxM Segments Training] - This video demonstrates the new segments feature using a 30 channel pixel arch.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DDlsApMPB7o Triggers] - HLS Training video on Control Triggers.. Ability to launch a EXE or a BAT from within your sequence&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQfxI57apB8 Thriller, part 1] - Singing Monster Face animation, part 1&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mjsqdLe7Bis Thriller, part 2] - Singing Monster Face animation, part 2&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ejgXraUpdUI HLS Player] - Remote controlled Video Player for HLS&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4HWBVl6ID7c Video Player Interface] - Remote Control of Video Projector - synchronized with Lighting Sequence&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KFihcC9M5Gk Pixel MegaTree] - How to build a 1344 Channel Pixel based MegaTree and Display an Effect &#039;&#039;&#039;in less than 20 minutes!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F6cTYgqDN3M Pixel RoofLine] - How to build and display a Pixel Roof Line in the HLS Preview&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dRwUp4Egc4Y Custom Object Preview] - Preview Using Custom Objects&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IKmn1zx1kkU Arch Object Preview] - Preview using Arch Object&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Y8Y-Xx1WUc Folders and Fill] - Manage Channel Folders and Fill Channels&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=roJzCE1IAAA Pixel Plane Editor] - Introduction to the PixelPlane editor that became available in version 12&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=448t8np6mnw Pixel Plane Editor, part 2] - PixelPlane Show and Tell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angus40&#039;s (Richard&#039;s) Videos====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2013&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/56678507 Mapping Pixels and Elements in HLS]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://vimeo.com/56830658 Pixel Plane and Segments]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://vimeo.com/58193800 HLS Preview; Deleting Objects]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2012&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/44969688 Create X by Dougie B]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/44991162 HLS Beat Track, Library and Custom]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/45287947 Setting your netrwork adapter to 10.10.10.1]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/45415579 Output settings for HLS]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/45531500 Play list and show schedule]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://vimeo.com/56234007 HLS: Home, End, and the Tool Bar]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
==Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
All installations begin with visiting the current website and downloading the latest ZIP file: [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/].&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Windows HLS Installation]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Linux HLS Installation]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upgrading==&lt;br /&gt;
Upon HLS launch, HLS will check the download site to see if there is a newer version available.  If there is, a prompt will be shown suggesting to take you there for a download.  Upgrading follows almost the same procedure as installation, only you will extract the files of the ZIP on top of the existing installation. For additional detailed information see the following link:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Upgrading_HLS Upgrading HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tips===&lt;br /&gt;
Ctrl+click&lt;br /&gt;
Shift for info&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=FAQ=&lt;br /&gt;
How do I re-order channels?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I delete effects?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I make channels actually output data?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I make channels NOT output?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I import sequences from sequencer X?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I convert 3 individual channels to 1 RGB channel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I remove all effects from a channel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I copy/paste?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I cancel a selection?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I select an effect, starting from the upper corner?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I make an effect bigger?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I move an effect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do I move an effect from one channel to another?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the keyboard shortcuts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How does the Beat Track work?&lt;br /&gt;
http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/showthread.php?20796-Beat-Track&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/44991162&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Useful Links=&lt;br /&gt;
* Website - TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/ Download]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://joehinkle.com/HLS/HLS%20Getting%20Started%20Manual.pdf PDF Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://doityourselfchristmas.com/forums/forumdisplay.php?103-Hinkle-s-Lighting-Sequencer HLS Forum on DIYC]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11196</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11196"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:38:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Creating and Using PixelPlanes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (16F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Audacity Labels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11195</id>
		<title>Using Audacity Labels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11195"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:22:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;HLS can import Audacity labels to help automate precise beat track creation.&lt;br /&gt;
First, make sure you have installed the Queen Mary Vamp plugins: http://vamp-plugins.org/download.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating a Label Track in Audacity:====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Audacity_Beat-tracker.PNG‎|350px|thumb|Figure 10.5-1]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Audacity and open your mp3 file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;Analyze -&amp;gt; Bar and Beat Tracker: Beats...&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The window shown in Figure 10.5-1 will appear.  Select the beats per bar. This will place the specified number of labels for each measure of music.  For example, if you choose 4, and there are 4 beats per measure in the song, you will have one label for each quarter note.  Setting this to 8 would give you one beat for each eighth note, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*(Audacity will now analyze the file to determine the beats.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Once complete, you will see the label track that has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;File -&amp;gt; Export Labels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Save the resulting text file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Create a &amp;quot;Label Tracks&amp;quot; sub-folder in the HLS main folder for saving these files.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding the Labels to HLS====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Add-word-channel.PNG‎|200px|thumb|Figure 10.5-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Open HLS and either open the sequence that uses that audio, or create a new sequence using that audio.&lt;br /&gt;
*Open Channel Manager (&#039;&#039;Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;Add Control Channel&#039;&#039;.  Figure 10.5-2 will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select &amp;quot;Word&amp;quot; and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
*Scroll to the word channel and name it something meaningful (such as Audacity). Click &#039;&#039;Done with Changes&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Add the Audacity channel to a display group and make that display group active.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click on the first cell in the word channel and select &#039;&#039;Add Audacity Label Track File&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Labels will be added similar to those seen in Figure 10.5-3.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add the channel to the beat channel group or make it sticky so you can use it as reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Audacity-beat-listing.PNG‎|350px|thumb|Figure 10.5-3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Sequence_Output | Chapter 9: Sequence Output]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Advanced_Features| Chapter 10: Advanced Features]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Importing and Exporting CSV]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11194</id>
		<title>Using Audacity Labels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11194"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:21:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;HLS can import Audacity labels to help automate precise beat track creation.&lt;br /&gt;
First, make sure you have installed the Queen Mary Vamp plugins: http://vamp-plugins.org/download.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating a Label Track in Audacity:====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Audacity_Beat-tracker.PNG‎|350px|thumb|Figure 10.5-1]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Audacity and open your mp3 file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;Analyze -&amp;gt; Bar and Beat Tracker: Beats...&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The window shown in Figure 10.5-1 will appear.  Select the beats per bar. This will place the specified number of labels for each measure of music.  For example, if you choose 4, and there are 4 beats per measure in the song, you will have one label for each quarter note.  Setting this to 8 would give you one beat for each eighth note, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*(Audacity will now analyze the file to determine the beats.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Once complete, you will see the label track that has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;File -&amp;gt; Export Labels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Save the resulting text file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Create a &amp;quot;Label Tracks&amp;quot; sub-folder in the HLS main folder for saving these files.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding the Labels to HLS====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Add-word-channel.PNG‎|200px|thumb|Figure 10.5-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Open HLS and either open the sequence that uses that audio, or create a new sequence using that audio.&lt;br /&gt;
*Open Channel Manager (&#039;&#039;Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;Add Control Channel&#039;&#039;.  Figure 10.5-2 will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select &amp;quot;Word&amp;quot; and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
*Scroll to the word channel and name it something meaningful (such as Audacity). Click &#039;&#039;Done with Changes&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Add the Audacity channel to a display group and make that display group active.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click on the first cell in the word channel and select &#039;&#039;Add Audacity Label Track File&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Labels will be added similar to those seen in Figure 10.5-3.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add the channel to the beat channel group or make it sticky so you can use it as reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Audacity-beat-listing.PNG‎|350px|thumb|Figure 10.5-3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Sequence_Output | Chapter 9: Sequence Output]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Advanced_Hardware_Configuration | Chapter 10: Advanced Hardware Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Importing and Exporting CSV]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11193</id>
		<title>Using Audacity Labels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11193"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:20:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;HLS can import Audacity labels to help automate precise beat track creation.&lt;br /&gt;
First, make sure you have installed the Queen Mary Vamp plugins: http://vamp-plugins.org/download.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating a Label Track in Audacity:====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Audacity_Beat-tracker.PNG‎|350px|thumb|Figure 10.5-1]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Audacity and open your mp3 file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;Analyze -&amp;gt; Bar and Beat Tracker: Beats...&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The window shown in Figure 10.5-1 will appear.  Select the beats per bar. This will place the specified number of labels for each measure of music.  For example, if you choose 4, and there are 4 beats per measure in the song, you will have one label for each quarter note.  Setting this to 8 would give you one beat for each eighth note, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*(Audacity will now analyze the file to determine the beats.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Once complete, you will see the label track that has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;File -&amp;gt; Export Labels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Save the resulting text file.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Create a &amp;quot;Label Tracks&amp;quot; sub-folder in the HLS main folder for saving these files.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding the Labels to HLS====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Add-word-channel.PNG‎|200px|thumb|Figure 10.5-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Open HLS and either open the sequence that uses that audio, or create a new sequence using that audio.&lt;br /&gt;
*Open Channel Manager (&#039;&#039;Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;Add Control Channel&#039;&#039;.  Figure 10.5-2 will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select &amp;quot;Word&amp;quot; and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
*Scroll to the word channel and name it something meaningful (such as Audacity). Click &#039;&#039;Done with Changes&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Add the Audacity channel to a display group and make that display group active.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click on the first cell in the word channel and select &#039;&#039;Add Audacity Label Track File&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Labels will be added similar to those seen in Figure 10.5-3.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add the channel to the beat channel group or make it sticky so you can use it as reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_Add-word-channel.PNG‎|350px|thumb|Figure 10.5-3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Sequence_Output | Chapter 9: Sequence Output]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Advanced_Hardware_Configuration | Chapter 10: Advanced Hardware Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Importing and Exporting CSV]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_Audacity-beat-listing.PNG&amp;diff=11192</id>
		<title>File:HLS Audacity-beat-listing.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_Audacity-beat-listing.PNG&amp;diff=11192"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:16:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: 16J&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;16J&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_Add-word-channel.PNG&amp;diff=11191</id>
		<title>File:HLS Add-word-channel.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_Add-word-channel.PNG&amp;diff=11191"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:14:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: 16J&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;16J&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11190</id>
		<title>Using Audacity Labels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11190"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:10:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;HLS can import Audacity labels to help automate precise beat track creation.&lt;br /&gt;
First, make sure you have installed the Queen Mary Vamp plugins: http://vamp-plugins.org/download.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[HLS_Audacity_Beat-tracker.PNG‎]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Creating a Label Track in Audacity:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Audacity and open your mp3 file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;Analyze -&amp;gt; Bar and Beat Tracker: Beats...&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The window shown in image 10.5-1 will appear.  Select the beats per bar. This will place the specified number of labels for each measure of music.  For example, if you choose 4, and there are 4 beats per measure in the song, you will have one label for each quarter note.  Setting this to 8 would give you one beat for each eighth note, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Audacity will now analyze the file to determine the beats.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Once complete, you will see the label track that has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;File -&amp;gt; Export Labels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Save the resulting text file. (Perhaps create a &amp;quot;Label Tracks&amp;quot; subfolder in the HLS main folder.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open HLS and either open the sequence that uses that audio, or create a new sequence using that audio.&lt;br /&gt;
*Open Channel Manager (&#039;&#039;Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;Add Control Channel&#039;&#039;.  Window X-X will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select &amp;quot;word&amp;quot; and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
*Scroll to the word channel and name it something meaningful (such as Audacity). Click DONE WITH CHANGES.&lt;br /&gt;
*Add the Audacity channel to a display group and make that display group active.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click on the first cell in the word channel and select &#039;&#039;Add Audacity Label Track File&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add the channel to the beat channel group or make it sticky so you can use it as reference.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11189</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11189"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:06:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Using Audacity Labels (CN) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (16F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Audacity Labels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_Audacity_Beat-tracker.PNG&amp;diff=11188</id>
		<title>File:HLS Audacity Beat-tracker.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:HLS_Audacity_Beat-tracker.PNG&amp;diff=11188"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:05:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: 16J&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;16J&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11187</id>
		<title>Using Audacity Labels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Using_Audacity_Labels&amp;diff=11187"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T05:02:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: Created page with &amp;quot;HLS can import Audacity labels to help automate precise beat track creation.  First, make sure you have installed the Queen Mary Vamp plugins: http://vamp-plugins.org/download...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;HLS can import Audacity labels to help automate precise beat track creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, make sure you have installed the Queen Mary Vamp plugins: http://vamp-plugins.org/download.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Audacity and open your mp3 file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;Analyze -&amp;gt; Bar and Beat Tracker: Beats...&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* The window will appear.  Select the beats per bar. This will place the specified number of labels for each measure of music.  For example, if you choose 4, and there are 4 beats per measure in the song, you will have one label for each quarter note.  Setting this to 8 would give you one beat for each eighth note, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Audacity will now analyze the file to determine the beats.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Once complete, you will see the label track that has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;File -&amp;gt; Export Labels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Save the resulting text file. (Perhaps create a &amp;quot;Label Tracks&amp;quot; subfolder in the HLS main folder.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open HLS and either open the sequence that uses that audio, or create a new sequence using that audio.&lt;br /&gt;
*Open Channel Manager (&#039;&#039;Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;Add Control Channel&#039;&#039;.  Window X-X will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select &amp;quot;word&amp;quot; and click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
*Scroll to the word channel and name it something meaningful (such as Audacity). Click DONE WITH CHANGES.&lt;br /&gt;
*Add the Audacity channel to a display group and make that display group active.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click on the first cell in the word channel and select &#039;&#039;Add Audacity Label Track File&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add the channel to the beat channel group or make it sticky so you can use it as reference.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11186</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11186"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T04:38:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (16F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Audacity Labels]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11185</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11185"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T04:29:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* RGB Channels (13F) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (16F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Audacity Labels]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11184</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11184"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T04:27:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Advanced Channel Management (13F) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (16F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Audacity Labels]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Advanced_Channel_Management&amp;diff=11183</id>
		<title>Advanced Channel Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Advanced_Channel_Management&amp;diff=11183"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T04:26:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Grid Columns and What They Mean */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Raw Channels&#039;&#039;&#039; window is truly a powerful tool.  In this document, we will explore some of the more advanced features of the channel manager.  Something that everyone needs to know before doing anything with channels is, &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE YOUR SEQUENCE BEFORE YOU MAKE CHANNEL CHANGES.&#039;&#039;&#039; When managing raw channels, there is no &#039;&#039;cancel&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;undo&#039;&#039;.  What happens, happens.  If you save your sequence right before working with channels, if something goes wrong, you can always restore to the previous backup.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====Grid Columns and What They Mean====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_Grid.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-10|]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of columns in the Raw Channel window.  Figure 3-10 shows a subset of those columns. (Some columns are out of view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Left-most Gray Square:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is a selection box.  You left-click in here and the square becomes green.  That channel (and any others you left-click on) is selected and can be moved into a folder or deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name:&#039;&#039;&#039; This field shows the name of the channels.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Universe:&#039;&#039;&#039; A numerical value from 0-5000. Any channels in universe 0 will never be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Color:&#039;&#039;&#039; This field is set to the color of the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;RGB:&#039;&#039;&#039; This checkbox is checked when a channel is an RGB lighting element or pixel.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Dimming Curve:&#039;&#039;&#039; This field is to set a dimming curve for the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; This field is used to adjust the DISPLAY order of the channels.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Folder:&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of the folder that a channel is assigned to.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Control Type:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is used with animation effects and trigger events.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;GRB:&#039;&#039;&#039; Used when the order of the RGB is different from Red-Green-Blue.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview Group:&#039;&#039;&#039; This group number defines what Preview Group the channel belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is the channel number for the assigned display group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced Renaming Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
When adding a bulk group of channels, HLS will ask for a base name to start with, but you most likely will want to customize the names for your purpose.  You can rename individual channels, rename using the bulk renaming utility, and even create names in excel that you paste into the Channel Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_RenamingSingleChannels_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rename Individual Channels:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To rename individual channels, you must first open the Channel Manager (Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels). See Figure 3-11.&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the box to &#039;&#039;Unfreeze Name to Edit&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the channel you wish to rename.&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the old name and type in the new name.&lt;br /&gt;
*When done, Click &#039;&#039;Done with Changes&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_BulkRename_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bulk Channel Renaming:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two methods of bulk renaming built into HLS.  There is a help file for this by clicking &#039;&#039;HELP Name&#039;&#039; in the Channel Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method One:&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the more straight-forward and basic method of bulk renaming.&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the cells you wish to rename&lt;br /&gt;
*Formula: Name_(StartingChannelNumber)&lt;br /&gt;
*This will rename channels with &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; shown except replace (StartingChannelNumber) with a sequential number starting at the number specified.&lt;br /&gt;
*Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;MTString_(1)&amp;quot;  will produce MTString_0001, MTString_0002, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;Yard_(15)&amp;quot; will produce Yard_0015, Yard_0016, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method Two:&lt;br /&gt;
*This method is likely to be used when renaming large groups of pixels or strings.&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the cells you wish to rename&lt;br /&gt;
*Formula: @NumberOfPixels, Name(*StartingStringNumber)_%&lt;br /&gt;
*This will rename channels with &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; shown, followed by the value of &amp;quot;StartingStringNumber&amp;quot;, and then counting UP until reaching the &amp;quot;NumberOfPixels&amp;quot; value.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Once reaching the &amp;quot;NumberOfPixels&amp;quot; value, the value of &amp;quot;StartingStringNumber&amp;quot; will increment by 1, and the &amp;quot;NumberOfPixels&amp;quot; will start counting upwards from 1 again.&lt;br /&gt;
*Example: A pixel megaTree with 32 strings composed of 42 pixels each:&lt;br /&gt;
**@42,MTString(*1)_% will rename channels with values of MTString01_0001 to MTString32_0042&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Relevant Video Tutorial:&#039;&#039;&#039; [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KFihcC9M5Gk Pixel Based Mega Tree]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reordering Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_ReorderChannels.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Order column is a numeric value ordering the channels from 1 to the last channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ReOrder channels:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the channels you wish to move.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the ReOrder Specific Channels field (See Figure 3-13), enter a number that does not conflict with existing channels and then click &#039;&#039;ReOrder Channels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Once the channels have been ReOrdered, click &#039;&#039;Refresh After Order Change&#039;&#039; to update the Order column.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; To move 5 channels from the beginning to the end:&lt;br /&gt;
**Highlight the five channels to move.&lt;br /&gt;
**In the ReOrder Specific Channels field, enter a number that is higher than the last channel&#039;s Order number.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click &#039;&#039;ReOrder Channels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click &#039;&#039;Refresh After Order Change&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; To move 5 channels from the bottom to the top:&lt;br /&gt;
**Highlight all channels EXCEPT the five channels to move.&lt;br /&gt;
**In the ReOrder Specific Channels field, enter a number that is higher than the last channel&#039;s order number.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click &#039;&#039;ReOrder Channels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click &#039;&#039;Refresh After Order Change&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using Folders====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_TopToolbar_11V.png|350px|Figure 3-14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Create a New Folder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_FolderName_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-15]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_Folder_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-16]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the Channel Manager (Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the &#039;&#039;Add Folder&#039;&#039; button on the top toolbar. (See Figure 3-14).&lt;br /&gt;
*A dialog box will open asking for a Folder name. Type name and press OK. (Se Figure 3-15).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; A Super Folder contains only folders.  Check this box if you wish to create a &amp;quot;folder of folders&amp;quot;. This would be used for channel organization.&lt;br /&gt;
*Once entered, the folder will appear at the top of the list of channels and have &#039;&#039;&#039;++&#039;&#039;&#039; on the left-most square to identify it as a folder. (See Figure 3-16).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Moving Channels In/Out of Folders:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_FolderPaste1_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-17]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_FolderPaste2_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-18]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the channels you want to add to a folder.&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the &#039;&#039;Copy to Folder&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
*This will turn the left-most square GREEN for selected channels.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can also select channels by left-clicking on the square to turn it green.&lt;br /&gt;
*Once all channels are selected (left-most square green), press the &#039;&#039;Paste to Folder&#039;&#039; button. This will turn from red-to-green. (See Figure 3-17, 3-18).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the left-most square of the folder you want to move the channels into.  This will move the channels into the desired folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remove channels from a folder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the folder name to expand the items.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the channels to remove by clicking the left-most square and turning it green (or, highlighting rows to remove).&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the &#039;&#039;Remove from Folder&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening and Closing Folders:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*To open a folder, simply click on the name of the folder.&lt;br /&gt;
*To close a folder, click on the name of the folder.&lt;br /&gt;
*To open ALL folders, click the &#039;&#039;Expand All Folders&#039;&#039; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.youtube.com/v/6Y8Y-Xx1WUc?version=3&amp;amp;start=0&amp;amp;end=123 VIDEO: Joe describes folders and folder management]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Copying Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copying channels requires the use of both the main sequencing window and the channel manager.  First, you must use the Channel Manager to add the new channel(s) you will be copying into.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once that is done, you will have to add the new channels and the channels you will be copying from into the same [[Configuring Display Groups|Display Group]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1-20.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To copy one or more channels click on the channel and asterisks will appear to the left of the channel name (see Figure 3-19. The click again on the channel to select it. Then Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Channels&#039;&#039;&#039; tab and choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Copy - Paste Whole Channels&#039;&#039;&#039;. You will then be prompted to &#039;&#039;&#039;Click on the Channel to Paste To&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1-21.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-20]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To copy multiple channels click on the first channel to be copied and asterisks will appear to the left of the channel name. The without clicking move your mouse down to include all of the channels you would like to copy (see Figure 3-20). Asterisks will appear to the left of the channel to be copied. Once you have selected all of the channels to be copied click again on the last channel to be copied to select all of them. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Channels&#039;&#039;&#039; tab and choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Copy - Paste Whole Channels&#039;&#039;&#039;. You will then be prompted to &#039;&#039;&#039;Click on the Channel to Paste To&#039;&#039;&#039;. Note that if you are copying a number of channels you will have to have that many to paste to.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Deleting Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To remove channels, open the Channel Manager (Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels).&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the channels to delete by clicking and dragging into the data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_DeleteButton_11V.png|350px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 3-21: Click the &#039;&#039;Delete Selected Channels&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_DeleteConfirmation_11V.png‎|350px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 3-22: Confirm you wish to delete by clicking &#039;&#039;yes&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_DeleteFiles_11V.png|350px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 3-23: HLS will prompt to shut down to &lt;br /&gt;
update its configuration. Click OK. Then OK again.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Program Help File====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
HLS now comes with a detailed help file.  This file is reproduced here to help so that you can have the channel manager open and look at the help file at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expand Folders - Shows ALL Channels - Expands ALL Folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfreeze Name to Edit - Clicking Names causes Folder Events to Occur - To Edit Name - Check This&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add Channels - This is the Number of Single Channels or Pixels (Pixels will be 3 Channels on Output)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add Folder - Folders contain your Channels. A Super Folder can contain multiple Folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copy to Folder - High lite several rows of Channels to assign to a Folder - this will make Cell 0 Green - Ready to Assign&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the First cell of a Row (Expand Channels OFF) will also select Channel to be assigned to a Folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paste to Folder - When Channels have been selected - Press this button - Turning it Green indicating Left Mouse Click on ++ of Folder will assign Channels to that folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remove from Folder - High lite several rows of Channels to Remove from a Folder - Press button to perform operation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colored Cell in Upper Right Corner - Color Selection Control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Grid - L click in first column to select Channel for Folder Assignment or Removal from Folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Grid - R click first column to DELETE channel or Folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Grid - R click dimming curve to assign&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Renumber Select Universe - Used to assign Output Universe - High Lite Channels and assign number specified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set Multiple DMX Group - used with 4096 channels DMX Devices - Enables Universe of 4096 instead of 512&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get Dimming Curve - Select Dimming Curve to Bulk Assign&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add Dimming Curve - High lite channels then Assign Dimming Curve Selected by &#039;Get Dimming Curve&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set/Clear RGB - High lite Channels and Set/Clear RGB Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ReOrder Channels - High lite Channels - Assignment starts at Number specified. ReOrders Channels in List&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Renumber All Channels for Output - This will Assign the correct Channel Numbers based on Order and RGB - Universe must be Non-Zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add Control Channel - Assign Triggers, Animation Mouth, Words, etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rename Selected Channels - Press HELP to see Macros that can help Create Unique Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preview Group - High lite Channels and Assign Preview Group to selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preview Number - High lite Channels - State Starting Chan Number - Each Channel is Incremented&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start Group G cycle Number 1 to N - G,N .... Enter Group Number followed by Number&lt;br /&gt;
High Lite Channels - Groups starts at G with Chan Number starting at 1. When Chan Number hits N - G is Incremented and Chan Number starts at 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete Selected Group of Channels - High Lite channels and Delete with this button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Export CSV - Creates a CSV file containing all of your Channel Information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Setting up HLS Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Channel_Management | Chapter 3: Channel Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[RGB Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Advanced_Channel_Management&amp;diff=11182</id>
		<title>Advanced Channel Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Advanced_Channel_Management&amp;diff=11182"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T04:25:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: /* Grid Columns and What They Mean */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Raw Channels&#039;&#039;&#039; window is truly a powerful tool.  In this document, we will explore some of the more advanced features of the channel manager.  Something that everyone needs to know before doing anything with channels is, &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE YOUR SEQUENCE BEFORE YOU MAKE CHANNEL CHANGES.&#039;&#039;&#039; When managing raw channels, there is no &#039;&#039;cancel&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;undo&#039;&#039;.  What happens, happens.  If you save your sequence right before working with channels, if something goes wrong, you can always restore to the previous backup.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====Grid Columns and What They Mean====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_Grid.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-10|]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of columns in the Raw Channel window.  Figure 3-10 shows a subset of those columns. (Some columns are out of view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Left-most Gray Square:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is a selection box.  You left-click in here and the square becomes green.  That channel (and any others you left-click on) is selected and can be moved into a folder or deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name:&#039;&#039;&#039; This field shows the name of the channels.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Universe:&#039;&#039;&#039; A numerical value from 0-5000. Any channels in universe 0 will never be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Color:&#039;&#039;&#039; This field is set to the color of the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;RGB:&#039;&#039;&#039; This checkbox is checked when a channel is an RGB lighting element or pixel.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Dimming Curve:&#039;&#039;&#039; This field is to set a dimming curve for the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; This field is used to adjust the DISPLAY order of the channels.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Folder:&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of the folder that a channel is assigned to.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Control Type:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is used with animation effects and trigger events.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;GRB:&#039;&#039;&#039; Used when the order of the RGB is different from Red-Green-Blue.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview Group:&#039;&#039;&#039; This group number defines what Preview Group the channel belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is the channel number for the assigned display group.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display X / Display Y:&#039;&#039;&#039; These numbers are calculated by using the Display Preview and allow the user to plot pixels on an X/Y axis which will allow controlled effects such as color sweeps from left to right or top to bottom. &#039;&#039;&#039;(This is not yet fully implemented.)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced Renaming Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
When adding a bulk group of channels, HLS will ask for a base name to start with, but you most likely will want to customize the names for your purpose.  You can rename individual channels, rename using the bulk renaming utility, and even create names in excel that you paste into the Channel Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_RenamingSingleChannels_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rename Individual Channels:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To rename individual channels, you must first open the Channel Manager (Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels). See Figure 3-11.&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the box to &#039;&#039;Unfreeze Name to Edit&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the channel you wish to rename.&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the old name and type in the new name.&lt;br /&gt;
*When done, Click &#039;&#039;Done with Changes&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_BulkRename_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bulk Channel Renaming:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two methods of bulk renaming built into HLS.  There is a help file for this by clicking &#039;&#039;HELP Name&#039;&#039; in the Channel Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method One:&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the more straight-forward and basic method of bulk renaming.&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the cells you wish to rename&lt;br /&gt;
*Formula: Name_(StartingChannelNumber)&lt;br /&gt;
*This will rename channels with &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; shown except replace (StartingChannelNumber) with a sequential number starting at the number specified.&lt;br /&gt;
*Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;MTString_(1)&amp;quot;  will produce MTString_0001, MTString_0002, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;Yard_(15)&amp;quot; will produce Yard_0015, Yard_0016, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method Two:&lt;br /&gt;
*This method is likely to be used when renaming large groups of pixels or strings.&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the cells you wish to rename&lt;br /&gt;
*Formula: @NumberOfPixels, Name(*StartingStringNumber)_%&lt;br /&gt;
*This will rename channels with &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; shown, followed by the value of &amp;quot;StartingStringNumber&amp;quot;, and then counting UP until reaching the &amp;quot;NumberOfPixels&amp;quot; value.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Once reaching the &amp;quot;NumberOfPixels&amp;quot; value, the value of &amp;quot;StartingStringNumber&amp;quot; will increment by 1, and the &amp;quot;NumberOfPixels&amp;quot; will start counting upwards from 1 again.&lt;br /&gt;
*Example: A pixel megaTree with 32 strings composed of 42 pixels each:&lt;br /&gt;
**@42,MTString(*1)_% will rename channels with values of MTString01_0001 to MTString32_0042&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Relevant Video Tutorial:&#039;&#039;&#039; [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KFihcC9M5Gk Pixel Based Mega Tree]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reordering Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_ReorderChannels.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Order column is a numeric value ordering the channels from 1 to the last channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ReOrder channels:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the channels you wish to move.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the ReOrder Specific Channels field (See Figure 3-13), enter a number that does not conflict with existing channels and then click &#039;&#039;ReOrder Channels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Once the channels have been ReOrdered, click &#039;&#039;Refresh After Order Change&#039;&#039; to update the Order column.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; To move 5 channels from the beginning to the end:&lt;br /&gt;
**Highlight the five channels to move.&lt;br /&gt;
**In the ReOrder Specific Channels field, enter a number that is higher than the last channel&#039;s Order number.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click &#039;&#039;ReOrder Channels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click &#039;&#039;Refresh After Order Change&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; To move 5 channels from the bottom to the top:&lt;br /&gt;
**Highlight all channels EXCEPT the five channels to move.&lt;br /&gt;
**In the ReOrder Specific Channels field, enter a number that is higher than the last channel&#039;s order number.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click &#039;&#039;ReOrder Channels&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click &#039;&#039;Refresh After Order Change&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using Folders====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_TopToolbar_11V.png|350px|Figure 3-14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Create a New Folder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_FolderName_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-15]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_Folder_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-16]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the Channel Manager (Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the &#039;&#039;Add Folder&#039;&#039; button on the top toolbar. (See Figure 3-14).&lt;br /&gt;
*A dialog box will open asking for a Folder name. Type name and press OK. (Se Figure 3-15).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; A Super Folder contains only folders.  Check this box if you wish to create a &amp;quot;folder of folders&amp;quot;. This would be used for channel organization.&lt;br /&gt;
*Once entered, the folder will appear at the top of the list of channels and have &#039;&#039;&#039;++&#039;&#039;&#039; on the left-most square to identify it as a folder. (See Figure 3-16).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Moving Channels In/Out of Folders:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_FolderPaste1_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-17]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_FolderPaste2_11V.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-18]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the channels you want to add to a folder.&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the &#039;&#039;Copy to Folder&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
*This will turn the left-most square GREEN for selected channels.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can also select channels by left-clicking on the square to turn it green.&lt;br /&gt;
*Once all channels are selected (left-most square green), press the &#039;&#039;Paste to Folder&#039;&#039; button. This will turn from red-to-green. (See Figure 3-17, 3-18).&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the left-most square of the folder you want to move the channels into.  This will move the channels into the desired folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remove channels from a folder:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the folder name to expand the items.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the channels to remove by clicking the left-most square and turning it green (or, highlighting rows to remove).&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the &#039;&#039;Remove from Folder&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening and Closing Folders:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*To open a folder, simply click on the name of the folder.&lt;br /&gt;
*To close a folder, click on the name of the folder.&lt;br /&gt;
*To open ALL folders, click the &#039;&#039;Expand All Folders&#039;&#039; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.youtube.com/v/6Y8Y-Xx1WUc?version=3&amp;amp;start=0&amp;amp;end=123 VIDEO: Joe describes folders and folder management]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Copying Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copying channels requires the use of both the main sequencing window and the channel manager.  First, you must use the Channel Manager to add the new channel(s) you will be copying into.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once that is done, you will have to add the new channels and the channels you will be copying from into the same [[Configuring Display Groups|Display Group]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1-20.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-19]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To copy one or more channels click on the channel and asterisks will appear to the left of the channel name (see Figure 3-19. The click again on the channel to select it. Then Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Channels&#039;&#039;&#039; tab and choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Copy - Paste Whole Channels&#039;&#039;&#039;. You will then be prompted to &#039;&#039;&#039;Click on the Channel to Paste To&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1-21.png|350px|thumb|Figure 3-20]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To copy multiple channels click on the first channel to be copied and asterisks will appear to the left of the channel name. The without clicking move your mouse down to include all of the channels you would like to copy (see Figure 3-20). Asterisks will appear to the left of the channel to be copied. Once you have selected all of the channels to be copied click again on the last channel to be copied to select all of them. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Channels&#039;&#039;&#039; tab and choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Copy - Paste Whole Channels&#039;&#039;&#039;. You will then be prompted to &#039;&#039;&#039;Click on the Channel to Paste To&#039;&#039;&#039;. Note that if you are copying a number of channels you will have to have that many to paste to.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Deleting Channels====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To remove channels, open the Channel Manager (Manage Channels -&amp;gt; Manage Raw Channels).&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the channels to delete by clicking and dragging into the data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_DeleteButton_11V.png|350px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 3-21: Click the &#039;&#039;Delete Selected Channels&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_DeleteConfirmation_11V.png‎|350px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 3-22: Confirm you wish to delete by clicking &#039;&#039;yes&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:HLS_ChannelManager_DeleteFiles_11V.png|350px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Figure 3-23: HLS will prompt to shut down to &lt;br /&gt;
update its configuration. Click OK. Then OK again.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Program Help File====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
HLS now comes with a detailed help file.  This file is reproduced here to help so that you can have the channel manager open and look at the help file at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expand Folders - Shows ALL Channels - Expands ALL Folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfreeze Name to Edit - Clicking Names causes Folder Events to Occur - To Edit Name - Check This&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add Channels - This is the Number of Single Channels or Pixels (Pixels will be 3 Channels on Output)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add Folder - Folders contain your Channels. A Super Folder can contain multiple Folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copy to Folder - High lite several rows of Channels to assign to a Folder - this will make Cell 0 Green - Ready to Assign&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the First cell of a Row (Expand Channels OFF) will also select Channel to be assigned to a Folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paste to Folder - When Channels have been selected - Press this button - Turning it Green indicating Left Mouse Click on ++ of Folder will assign Channels to that folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remove from Folder - High lite several rows of Channels to Remove from a Folder - Press button to perform operation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colored Cell in Upper Right Corner - Color Selection Control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Grid - L click in first column to select Channel for Folder Assignment or Removal from Folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Grid - R click first column to DELETE channel or Folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Grid - R click dimming curve to assign&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Renumber Select Universe - Used to assign Output Universe - High Lite Channels and assign number specified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set Multiple DMX Group - used with 4096 channels DMX Devices - Enables Universe of 4096 instead of 512&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get Dimming Curve - Select Dimming Curve to Bulk Assign&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add Dimming Curve - High lite channels then Assign Dimming Curve Selected by &#039;Get Dimming Curve&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set/Clear RGB - High lite Channels and Set/Clear RGB Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ReOrder Channels - High lite Channels - Assignment starts at Number specified. ReOrders Channels in List&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Renumber All Channels for Output - This will Assign the correct Channel Numbers based on Order and RGB - Universe must be Non-Zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add Control Channel - Assign Triggers, Animation Mouth, Words, etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rename Selected Channels - Press HELP to see Macros that can help Create Unique Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preview Group - High lite Channels and Assign Preview Group to selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preview Number - High lite Channels - State Starting Chan Number - Each Channel is Incremented&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start Group G cycle Number 1 to N - G,N .... Enter Group Number followed by Number&lt;br /&gt;
High Lite Channels - Groups starts at G with Chan Number starting at 1. When Chan Number hits N - G is Incremented and Chan Number starts at 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete Selected Group of Channels - High Lite channels and Delete with this button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Export CSV - Creates a CSV file containing all of your Channel Information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Setting up HLS Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Channel_Management | Chapter 3: Channel Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[RGB Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11181</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11181"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T04:22:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (16F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Audacity Labels]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_a_Sequence_from_Vixen&amp;diff=11180</id>
		<title>Importing a Sequence from Vixen</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_a_Sequence_from_Vixen&amp;diff=11180"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T03:59:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the steps to create a sequence: [[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Under the File menu, select &#039;&#039;Import a Vixen File&#039;&#039;. – You will be prompted to select the VIX file.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the VIX file you would like to convert. Note that the HLS conversion will give the new HLS file the same name as your VIX file with different extensions. You may see a note about HLS making a slight timing adjustment to the VIX timing to make it more exact.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select OK, The conversion will take place and you will see a note showing that the channels have been converted. This may take some time.&lt;br /&gt;
#After the conversion you can choose the Manage Channels menu, select channels to create a group and work like you normally would with HLS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Importing and Exporting CSV]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Importing_and_Exporting_Data_and_Sequences | Chapter 11: Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Importing a Sequence from LOR]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_a_Sequence_from_LOR&amp;diff=11179</id>
		<title>Importing a Sequence from LOR</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_a_Sequence_from_LOR&amp;diff=11179"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T03:57:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;First, follow the steps to start a new sequence: [[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:File-import-LOR-HLS.png|350px|thumb|Figure 11-10]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Click File, Import a LOR Sequence File. Then navigate and select the appropriate LOR sequence for the audio just added to the HLS sequence. Also select the HLS sequence that was created.  It will ask to overwrite. Select Yes. Once OK has been clicked, the conversion will begin (see Figure 11-10).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sequencing-Timing-HLS.jpg|350px|thumb|Figure 11-11]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Next will be a prompt to select a sequence timing interval (see Figure 11-11). It may be helpful to match the timing interval of the sequence being imported.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A counter will show the status of the channel import process.  Once complete, notification will be provided of the channels successfully converted into HLS.  A prompt will appear to shutdown HLS to convert RGB channels (if any are present).&lt;br /&gt;
*Restart HLS (if needed) and open the sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use channel manager to [[Setting up Channels|set up channels]], [[Configuring Groups|configure groups]], or [[Adding or Deleting Channels|add or delete channels]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Previous Page &lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Current Chapter&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Next Page&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[HLS User Manual and Reference Guide#Importing_and_Exporting_Data_and_Sequences | Chapter 11: Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences]]&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | [[Sharing HLS Sequences]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11178</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11178"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T03:52:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Audacity Labels]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11177</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11177"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T03:44:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (16J)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Audacity Labels]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11176</id>
		<title>HLS User Manual and Reference Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS_User_Manual_and_Reference_Guide&amp;diff=11176"/>
		<updated>2013-10-20T03:23:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[http://doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=HLS Back to HLS Main Page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HLS-Logo.jpg|250px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This User Manual and Reference Guide is a detailed guide to using all aspects of HLS.  It is currently under significant development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To quickly get up and running with a sequence, you may want to look at the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of HLS, the links that follow will contain, in parenthesis, information that can help the user with a quick visual inspection:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;##X:&#039;&#039;&#039; The page is up to date as of the listed version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CN:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;ontent &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;eeded to complete the page and it currently contains very little information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting HLS===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Download and Installation]]====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Upgrading HLS]]====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Sequence===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
An HLS Sequence consists of an audio file (generally) with lighting and other effects synchronized with the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Sequence Creation Wizard]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Time Resolution]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Channel Management===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Managing channels in HLS is one of the core tasks to building a sequence.  Each of the sub-pages will address various channel configurations and tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting up HLS Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Advanced Channel Management]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Configuring Display Groups]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sticky Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Segment Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Preview===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A Display Preview is a method of previewing how a display will look by assigning virtual channels to drawn objects superimposed over a picture.&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Display Preview]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequencing Channels and Adding Effects===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sequencing is the main &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; of syncronizing effects with the music.  HLS has basic effects which can be combined into more complex compound effects.  The sub-pages in this section discuss the various methods of adding effects to sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Basic Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Adding and Using Beat Tracks]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Setting Defaults for Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating Chase Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Mirroring Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Submaster Lighting Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequencing with RGB Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Custom Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a Library of Group Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and Using PixelPlanes===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A PixelPlane is a single channel in the sequence editor that represents multiple pixels.  This allows macro control of pixels, with the ability to &amp;quot;drop&amp;quot; effects onto a plane, such as with Nutcracker, and manipulate the entire effect as if it were one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The PixelPlane Editor: Creating Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using Nutcracker with a PixelPlane]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Fill Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[PixelPlane Transitions Using Lighting Channels]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Drawing a PixelPlane in the Display Preview]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Facial Animation===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Facial Animation]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Playback===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sequence Playback]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sequence Output===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Preparing Channels for Output]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Hardware Configuration]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Working with Playlists]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Creating and Running a Schedule]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Features===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Trigger Events]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[RDS Output]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Servo Motors]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Remote-Controlled Video Player]] (CN)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing and Exporting Data and Sequences===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Using HLS Sequence Images]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing and Exporting CSV]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from Vixen]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Importing a Sequence from LOR]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing HLS Sequences]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Sharing Library Effects]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Copying and Pasting Channels from Another Sequence]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Restoring a Sequence from Backup]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[HLS Dimming Curves]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Crosshair Cursor]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[The HLS Toolbar]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
====[[Master Lighting Channel]] (13F)====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS User Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DIYC Index]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pixel]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Converting_LOR_Files_to_HLS&amp;diff=9799</id>
		<title>Converting LOR Files to HLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Converting_LOR_Files_to_HLS&amp;diff=9799"/>
		<updated>2013-03-07T20:54:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Back to:&#039;&#039;&#039; [[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The following tutorial was based on version 11V&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting in version 7R, support for importing sequences created in Light-o-Rama software was added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#As with any sequence, first, an audio file must be loaded in either wav or mp3 format.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:Add-Audio-HLS.jpg]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Next the sequence name must be identified. Click OK. Then save the sequence in the [[Installing HLS|suggested folder hierarchy]]:&lt;br /&gt;
#::Each sequence created will create additional files, therefore, it is an excellent practice to make a sub-folder under the &amp;quot;HLS\Sequences&amp;quot; folder for each new sequence created. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
#:::&#039;&#039;HLS\Sequences\MyLorSequence&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the Wav or MP3 file and then select &amp;quot;I&#039;m Done, Return.&amp;quot; Once it has processed, a notification window will appear stating the save is complete. Click OK to return to the main HLS window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:Acquire-Wav-File-HLS.jpg]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click File, Import a LOR Sequence File. Then navigate and select the appropriate LOR sequence for the audio just added to the HLS sequence. Also select the HLS sequence that was created.  It will ask to overwrite. Select Yes. Once OK has been clicked, the conversion will begin.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:File-import-LOR-HLS.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Next will be a prompt to select a sequence timing interval. It may be helpful to match the timing interval of the sequence being imported.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:Sequencing-Timing-HLS.jpg]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#A counter will show the status of the channel import process.  Once complete, notification will be provided of the channels successfully converted into HLS.  A prompt will appear to shutdown HLS to convert RGB channels (if any are present).&lt;br /&gt;
#Restart HLS (if needed) and open the sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use channel manager to [[Setting up Channels|set up channels]], [[Configuring Groups|configure groups]], or [[Adding or Deleting Channels|add or delete channels]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next:  [[HLS Video and other Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Converting_Vixen_Files_to_HLS&amp;diff=9798</id>
		<title>Converting Vixen Files to HLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Converting_Vixen_Files_to_HLS&amp;diff=9798"/>
		<updated>2013-03-07T20:54:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Back to:&#039;&#039;&#039; [[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Note: your Vixen sequence used an MP3 format. You must convert it to a WAV file. There are free converter programs on the web. Here is a link to one of them - http://download.cnet.com/MP3-to-WAV-Decoder/3000-2140_4-10060498.html. Convert the file before you open HLS to make the Vixen sequence conversion to HLS. &lt;br /&gt;
2.	Open HLS and click on the WAV File tab and then select Add QWAV File to This Sequence. Next, select your WAV file and after it is loaded, click on the I’m Done Return button (see Figure 1-102).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Figure 1-102.&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Under the File tab- select Import a Vixen File. – You will be prompted to select the VIX file.. Select the VIX file you would like to convert. Note that the HLS conversion will give the new HLS file the same name as your VIX file with different extensions. You may see a note about HLS making a slight timing adjustment to the VIX timing to make it more exact. Select OK, The conversion will take place and you will see a note showing that the channels have been converted. Note: there is a lot happening and it will take time to complete the conversion. A conversion of 600 channels takes about 3-4 minutes. A conversion of 3500 channels may take 20 minutes. There is a Vixen Conversion Channel Counter to give you feedback as to how far you are into the conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	After the conversion you can choose the Manage Channels tab, select channels to create a group and work like you normally would with HLS. See the beginning of this document to see how to program in HLS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next:  [[Converting LOR Files to HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Converting_Three_Channel_Red,_Green,_Blue_channels_Into_a_Single_RGB_Channel&amp;diff=9797</id>
		<title>Converting Three Channel Red, Green, Blue channels Into a Single RGB Channel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.doityourselfchristmas.com/wiki/index.php?title=Converting_Three_Channel_Red,_Green,_Blue_channels_Into_a_Single_RGB_Channel&amp;diff=9797"/>
		<updated>2013-03-07T20:53:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jlowe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Back to:&#039;&#039;&#039; [[HLS Getting Started Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1A also contains a three channel - Red, Green, Blue - conversion into a single RGB channel. This should help reduce channel count from a converted Vixen file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way to do the RGB conversion follows: Add your RGB channels to your sequence. Create a group that contains a few of your new RGB channels and their associated single channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Menu &amp;quot;Manage Channels&amp;quot; - select &amp;quot;Convert Three Channels to RGB&amp;quot;. Note the warning about overlapping channels - you can manually clean those up later. Perform the conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are happy with the conversion - go into &amp;quot;Manage Raw Channels&amp;quot; and DELETE the three single channels - NOTE - they will not be removed until you close HLS down. Close HLS - then restart HLS. Conversion is now complete and old channels are gone leaving only single RGB for you to sequence with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next:  [[Converting Vixen Files to HLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HLS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jlowe</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>